diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index 5367493a2..1db00bc4d 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,200 @@ +2010-04-09 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * util/grub.d/00_header.in: Add few missing quotes. Recognise *.jpeg + as *.jpg. + +2010-04-09 Mario Vazquez + + GRUB_BACKGROUND support. + + * util/grub-mkconfig.in: Export GRUB_BACKGROUND. + * util/grub.d/00_header.in: Parse GRUB_BACKGROUND. + +2010-04-09 Vladimir Serbinenko + + Load fonts and modules for gfxmenu in grub-mkconfig. + Idea by: Mario Vazquez + + * util/grub.d/00_header.in: Load pf2 and image modules. + +2010-04-09 Vladimir Serbinenko + + grub-mkconfig multiple terminal support. + + * util/grub-mkconfig.in: Handle multiple terminals correctly. + * util/grub.d/00_header.in: Likewise. + +2010-04-09 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * Makefile.in: Specify files explicitly instead of using $< and $@ since + we use cd $(srcdir). + +2010-04-08 Colin Watson + + * util/grub.d/10_linux.in: Only use the first word of + GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR for --class, to avoid problems if somebody puts + spaces in GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR. + * util/grub.d/10_kfreebsd.in: Likewise. + * util/grub.d/10_hurd.in: Likewise. + +2010-04-06 BVK Chaitanya + + Fix unit testing framework for Qemu 0.12. + + * tests/util/grub-shell.in: Remove -serial stdio option. + +2010-04-06 Vladimir Serbinenko + + POSIX header file wrappers. + + * lib/posix_wrap/assert.h: New file. Wrapper for its POSIX + equivalents. + * lib/posix_wrap/ctype.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/errno.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/langinfo.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/limits.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/localcharset.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/stdint.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/stdio.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/stdlib.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/string.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/sys/types.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/unistd.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/wchar.h: Likewise. + * lib/posix_wrap/wctype.h: Likewise. + * conf/common.rmk (grub_script.yy.c): Remove #include elimination. + (grub_script.yy.h): Likewise. + * script/yylex.l: Remove POSIX emulation #defines. + * Makefile.in (POSIX_CFLAGS): New variable. + (GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS): Likewise. + + Regexp support. + + * conf/common.rmk (pkglib_MODULES): Add regexp.mod. + (regexp_mod_SOURCES): New variable. + (regexp_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise. + (regexp_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise. + * commands/regexp.c: New file. + * gnulib/regcomp.c: New file. Imported from gnulib. + * gnulib/regex.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/regex_internal.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/regex_internal.h: Likewise. + * gnulib/regexec.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/regex.h: Likewise. + +2010-04-05 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c (grub_multiboot_load): Correctly report + unsupported video mode types. + +2010-04-05 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * kern/i386/pc/startup.S (grub_getrtsecs): Removed (dead code). + +2010-04-05 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * include/grub/i386/pc/init.h (grub_get_mmap_entry): Don't export. + * conf/i386-pc.rmk (kernel_img_HEADERS): Remove machine/init.h. + +2010-04-04 Vladimir Serbinenko + + Remove unused grub_vga_get_font. + + * kern/i386/pc/startup.S (grub_vga_get_font): Removed. + * include/grub/i386/pc/vga.h (grub_vga_get_font): Likewise. + +2010-04-03 Grégoire Sutre + + * kern/misc.c: Disable the __enable_execute_stack hack for utilities. + * include/grub/misc.h: Likewise. + +2010-04-03 Grégoire Sutre + + * util/grub-install.in: Add `|| exit 1' to all grub-probe calls + for which failure is fatal. + +2010-04-03 Grégoire Sutre + + * util/grub-install.in: Use mkdir -p to create grub directory. + * util/i386/efi/grub-install.in: Likewise. + * util/ieee1275/grub-install.in: Likewise. + +2010-04-03 Grégoire Sutre + + * Makefile.in (LEX): new variable. + +2010-04-03 Grégoire Sutre + + * util/i386/efi/grub-dumpdevtree: replaced the non-portable `==' by + `=' and added double quotes on operands of this equality test. + +2010-04-03 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove a leftover debug echo. + Reported by: Grégoire Sutre + +2010-04-03 Vladimir Serbinenko + + MIPS multiboot2 support. + + * conf/mips.rmk (pkglib_MODULES): Add multiboot2.mod. + (multiboot2_mod_SOURCES): New variable. + (multiboot2_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise. + (multiboot2_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise. + (multiboot2_mod_ASFLAGS): Likewise. + * include/grub/i386/multiboot.h (MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE): New + definition. + (MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER): Likewise. + (MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER): Likewise. + (MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT): Likewise. + (MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE): Likewise. + (MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE): Likewise. + * include/grub/mips/multiboot.h: New file. + * include/grub/video.h (grub_video_driver_id): New type + GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_SM712. + (grub_video_get_info_and_fini): Export. + (grub_video_get_palette): Likewise. + (grub_video_get_driver_id): Likewise. + * include/multiboot2.h: Resynced with spec. + * loader/i386/multiboot.c: Moved from here ... + * loader/multiboot.c: ... here. All users updated. + (grub_multiboot_boot): Use platform-specific macros. + * loader/i386/multiboot_elfxx.c: Moved from here ... + * loader/multiboot_elfxx.c: ... here. All users updated. + (E_MACHINE): Use MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE and MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE. + * loader/i386/multiboot_mbi2.c (grub_multiboot_load): Check arcitecture. + * video/sm712.c (grub_video_sm712_adapter): Add missing id field. + +2010-04-02 Vladimir Serbinenko + + Import gnulib argp module. + + * gnulib/argp-ba.c: New file. + * gnulib/argp-eexst.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-fmtstream.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-fmtstream.h: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-fs-xinl.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-help.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-namefrob.h: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-parse.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-pin.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-pv.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-pvh.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-version-etc.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-version-etc.h: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp-xinl.c: Likewise. + * gnulib/argp.h: Likewise. + +2010-03-31 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * kern/device.c (grub_device_iterate): Clear errors after failed + opening device. + +2010-03-31 Vladimir Serbinenko + + * kern/ieee1275/openfw.c (grub_children_iterate): Skip device itself if + returned by firmware. + 2010-03-30 Vladimir Serbinenko * loader/i386/multiboot_mbi2.c (retrieve_video_parameters): Fix diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in index 15e6c230b..722758992 100644 --- a/Makefile.in +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -79,7 +79,9 @@ LIBS = @LIBS@ $(LIBINTL) CC = @CC@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -GNULIB_CFLAGS = -Wno-undef -D_GL_UNUSED="__attribute__ ((unused))" +POSIX_CFLAGS = -I$(srcdir)/lib/posix_wrap +GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS = -Wno-undef -Wno-sign-compare -Wno-unused -D_GL_UNUSED="__attribute__ ((unused))" -I$(srcdir)/gnulib +GNULIB_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS) $(POSIX_CFLAGS) ASFLAGS = @ASFLAGS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LIBS) CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -I$(builddir) -I$(builddir)/include -I$(srcdir)/gnulib -I$(srcdir)/include -Wall -W \ @@ -117,6 +119,7 @@ LIBCURSES = @LIBCURSES@ LIBUSB = @LIBUSB@ LIBSDL = @LIBSDL@ LIBPCIACCESS = @LIBPCIACCESS@ +LEX = @LEX@ YACC = @YACC@ FONT_SOURCE = @FONT_SOURCE@ @@ -402,7 +405,6 @@ uninstall: @list='$(lib_SCRIPTS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ dest="`echo $$file | sed 's,.*/,,'`"; \ - echo rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$dest; \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/grub/$$dest; \ done @list='$(info_INFOS)'; \ @@ -534,8 +536,8 @@ genkernsyms.sh: genkernsyms.sh.in config.status $(SHELL) ./config.status $(srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot: po/POTFILES po/POTFILES-shell - cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o $@ -f $< --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ - cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o $@ -f po/POTFILES-shell -j --language=Shell + cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o po/$(PACKAGE).pot -f po/POTFILES --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ + cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o po/$(PACKAGE).pot -f po/POTFILES-shell -j --language=Shell $(foreach lang, $(LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/po/$(lang).po): po/$(PACKAGE).pot $(MSGMERGE) -U $@ $^ diff --git a/commands/regexp.c b/commands/regexp.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..910bb9082 --- /dev/null +++ b/commands/regexp.c @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* regexp.c -- The regexp command. */ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static grub_err_t +grub_cmd_regexp (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)), + int argc, char **args) +{ + int argn = 0; + int matches = 0; + regex_t regex; + int ret; + grub_size_t s; + char *comperr; + grub_err_t err; + + if (argc != 2) + return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "2 arguments expected"); + + ret = regcomp (®ex, args[0], RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK); + if (ret) + goto fail; + + ret = regexec (®ex, args[1], 0, 0, 0); + if (!ret) + { + regfree (®ex); + return GRUB_ERR_NONE; + } + + fail: + s = regerror (ret, ®ex, 0, 0); + comperr = grub_malloc (s); + if (!comperr) + { + regfree (®ex); + return grub_errno; + } + regerror (ret, ®ex, comperr, s); + err = grub_error (GRUB_ERR_TEST_FAILURE, "%s", comperr); + regfree (®ex); + grub_free (comperr); + return err; +} + +static grub_command_t cmd; + +GRUB_MOD_INIT(regexp) +{ + cmd = grub_register_command ("regexp", grub_cmd_regexp, + "REGEXP STRING", + "Test if REGEXP matches STRING."); +} + +GRUB_MOD_FINI(regexp) +{ + grub_unregister_command (cmd); +} diff --git a/conf/common.rmk b/conf/common.rmk index 8cf5aac79..4cb876bec 100644 --- a/conf/common.rmk +++ b/conf/common.rmk @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ grub_mkisofs_SOURCES = util/mkisofs/eltorito.c \ gnulib/error.c gnulib/progname.c grub_mkisofs_CFLAGS = -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 \ -I$(srcdir)/util/mkisofs/include \ - -Wno-all -Werror $(GNULIB_CFLAGS) + -Wno-all -Werror $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS) # For grub-fstest. util/grub-fstest.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_fstest_init.h @@ -98,8 +98,6 @@ grub_bin2h_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/bin2h.c # For the lexer. grub_script.yy.c grub_script.yy.h: script/yylex.l $(LEX) -o grub_script.yy.c --header-file=grub_script.yy.h $(srcdir)/script/yylex.l - sed -i 's/^#include.*\(\|\|\|\|\)//g' grub_script.yy.h - sed -i 's/^#include.*\(\|\|\|\|\)//g' grub_script.yy.c DISTCLEANFILES += grub_script.yy.c grub_script.yy.h # For grub-script-check. @@ -111,7 +109,7 @@ grub_script_check_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c gnulib/getdelim.c gnulib/getline.c kern/handler.c kern/err.c kern/parser.c kern/list.c \ kern/misc.c kern/env.c grub_script_check_init.c grub_script.tab.c \ grub_script.yy.c -grub_script_check_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_CFLAGS) +grub_script_check_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS) MOSTLYCLEANFILES += symlist.c kernel_syms.lst DEFSYMFILES += kernel_syms.lst @@ -661,7 +659,7 @@ normal_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) # For sh.mod. sh_mod_SOURCES = script/main.c script/script.c script/execute.c \ script/function.c script/lexer.c grub_script.tab.c grub_script.yy.c -sh_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) +sh_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(POSIX_CFLAGS) sh_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) ifneq (, $(FONT_SOURCE)) @@ -786,6 +784,11 @@ setjmp_mod_SOURCES = lib/$(target_cpu)/setjmp.S setjmp_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS) setjmp_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) +pkglib_MODULES += regexp.mod +regexp_mod_SOURCES = gnulib/regex.c commands/regexp.c +regexp_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(GNULIB_CFLAGS) +regexp_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) + pkglib_MODULES += terminal.mod terminal_mod_SOURCES = commands/terminal.c terminal_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) diff --git a/conf/i386-pc.rmk b/conf/i386-pc.rmk index ece88446b..18febc879 100644 --- a/conf/i386-pc.rmk +++ b/conf/i386-pc.rmk @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/i386/pc/startup.S \ term/i386/pc/console.c term/i386/vga_common.c \ symlist.c kernel_img_HEADERS += machine/biosdisk.h machine/vga.h machine/vbe.h \ - machine/pxe.h i386/pit.h machine/init.h + machine/pxe.h i386/pit.h kernel_img_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(TARGET_IMG_CFLAGS) kernel_img_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS) kernel_img_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_IMG_LDFLAGS)$(GRUB_KERNEL_MACHINE_LINK_ADDR) $(COMMON_CFLAGS) diff --git a/conf/i386.rmk b/conf/i386.rmk index 79a8e430b..3d7f42804 100644 --- a/conf/i386.rmk +++ b/conf/i386.rmk @@ -33,15 +33,13 @@ setpci_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) setpci_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) pkglib_MODULES += multiboot.mod -multiboot_mod_SOURCES = loader/i386/multiboot.c \ - loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c +multiboot_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c multiboot_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) multiboot_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) multiboot_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS) pkglib_MODULES += multiboot2.mod -multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/i386/multiboot.c \ - loader/i386/multiboot_mbi2.c +multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c loader/multiboot_mbi2.c multiboot2_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_USE_MULTIBOOT2 multiboot2_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) multiboot2_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS) diff --git a/conf/mips.rmk b/conf/mips.rmk index face4127d..c9d94eb74 100644 --- a/conf/mips.rmk +++ b/conf/mips.rmk @@ -30,4 +30,11 @@ relocator_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) relocator_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS) relocator_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) +pkglib_MODULES += multiboot2.mod +multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c \ + loader/multiboot_mbi2.c +multiboot2_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_USE_MULTIBOOT2 +multiboot2_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) +multiboot2_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS) + include $(srcdir)/conf/common.mk diff --git a/gnulib/argp-ba.c b/gnulib/argp-ba.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95feabb86 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-ba.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS. + Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the + bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if + the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help + messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like `Report bugs to + ADDR.'. */ +const char *argp_program_bug_address +/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into + BSS is sufficient. Not so on MacOS X 10.3 and 10.4, see + + . */ +#if defined __ELF__ + /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */ +#else + = (const char *) 0 +#endif + ; diff --git a/gnulib/argp-eexst.c b/gnulib/argp-eexst.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..115a8cd5d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-eexst.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS + Copyright (C) 1997, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "argp.h" + +/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error. + If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from + . */ +error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE; diff --git a/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.c b/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70bbebc21 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.c @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ +/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams + Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2009-2010 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that + don't have that. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "argp-fmtstream.h" +#include "argp-namefrob.h" + +#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP + +#ifndef isblank +#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t') +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO +# include +# include +# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a) +#endif + +#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200 +#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150 + +/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines + written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns + total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by + replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces. + Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline. + Returns NULL if there was an error. */ +argp_fmtstream_t +__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream, + size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin) +{ + argp_fmtstream_t fs; + + fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream)); + if (fs != NULL) + { + fs->stream = stream; + + fs->lmargin = lmargin; + fs->rmargin = rmargin; + fs->wmargin = wmargin; + fs->point_col = 0; + fs->point_offs = 0; + + fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE); + if (! fs->buf) + { + free (fs); + fs = 0; + } + else + { + fs->p = fs->buf; + fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE; + } + } + + return fs; +} +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream) +#endif +#endif + +/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */ +void +__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs) +{ + __argp_fmtstream_update (fs); + if (fs->p > fs->buf) + { +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf); +#else + fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream); +#endif + } + free (fs->buf); + free (fs); +} +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free) +#endif +#endif + +/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the + end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */ +void +__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs) +{ + char *buf, *nl; + size_t len; + + /* Scan the buffer for newlines. */ + buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs; + while (buf < fs->p) + { + size_t r; + + if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0) + { + /* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */ + const size_t pad = fs->lmargin; + if (fs->p + pad < fs->end) + { + /* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the + buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */ + memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf); + fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */ + memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */ + buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */ + } + else + { + /* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < pad; i++) + { +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0) + putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream); + else +#endif + putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream); + } + } + fs->point_col = pad; + } + + len = fs->p - buf; + nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len); + + if (fs->point_col < 0) + fs->point_col = 0; + + if (!nl) + { + /* The buffer ends in a partial line. */ + + if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin) + { + /* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits + within the maximum line width. Advance point for the + characters to be written and stop scanning. */ + fs->point_col += len; + break; + } + else + /* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to + the end of the buffer. */ + nl = fs->p; + } + else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin) + { + /* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum + line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */ + fs->point_col = 0; + buf = nl + 1; + continue; + } + + /* This line is too long. */ + r = fs->rmargin - 1; + + if (fs->wmargin < 0) + { + /* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the + newline and anything after it in the buffer. */ + if (nl < fs->p) + { + memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl); + fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl; + /* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */ + fs->point_col = 0; + buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */ + } + else + { + /* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the + maximum line width. Advance point for the characters + written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */ + fs->point_col += len; + fs->p -= fs->point_col - r; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line + width and scan back for the beginning of the word there. + Then insert a line break. */ + + char *p, *nextline; + int i; + + p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col); + while (p >= buf && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p)) + --p; + nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */ + + if (nextline > buf) + { + /* Swallow separating blanks. */ + if (p >= buf) + do + --p; + while (p >= buf && isblank ((unsigned char) *p)); + nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */ + } + else + { + /* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width. + Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */ + p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col); + /* Find the end of the long word. */ + if (p < nl) + do + ++p; + while (p < nl && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p)); + if (p == nl) + { + /* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */ + fs->point_col = 0; + buf = nl + 1; + continue; + } + /* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */ + nl = p; + /* Swallow separating blanks. */ + do + ++p; + while (isblank ((unsigned char) *p)); + /* The next line will start here. */ + nextline = p; + } + + /* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for + NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall + at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so + we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */ + + if ((nextline == buf + len + 1 + ? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1 + : nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin) + && fs->p > nextline) + { + /* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */ + if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1) + /* Make some space for them. */ + { + size_t mv = fs->p - nextline; + memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv); + nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin; + len = nextline + mv - buf; + *nl++ = '\n'; + } + else + /* Output the first line so we can use the space. */ + { +#ifdef _LIBC + __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n", + (int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf); +#else + if (nl > fs->buf) + fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream); + putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream); +#endif + + len += buf - fs->buf; + nl = buf = fs->buf; + } + } + else + /* We can fit the newline and blanks in before + the next word. */ + *nl++ = '\n'; + + if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin + || (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin)) + /* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */ + for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i) + *nl++ = ' '; + else + for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i) +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0) + putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream); + else +#endif + putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream); + + /* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer + position. */ + if (nl < nextline) + memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline); + len -= nextline - buf; + + /* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */ + buf = nl; + + /* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */ + fs->p = nl + len; + + /* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin + is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set + point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */ + fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1; + } + } + + /* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */ + fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf; +} + +/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by + growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */ +int +__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount) +{ + if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount) + { + ssize_t wrote; + + /* Flush FS's buffer. */ + __argp_fmtstream_update (fs); + +#ifdef _LIBC + __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf); + wrote = fs->p - fs->buf; +#else + wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream); +#endif + if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf) + { + fs->p = fs->buf; + fs->point_offs = 0; + } + else + { + fs->p -= wrote; + fs->point_offs -= wrote; + memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf); + return 0; + } + + if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount) + /* Gotta grow the buffer. */ + { + size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf; + size_t new_size = old_size + amount; + char *new_buf; + + if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size))) + { + __set_errno (ENOMEM); + return 0; + } + + fs->buf = new_buf; + fs->end = new_buf + new_size; + fs->p = fs->buf; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +ssize_t +__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + int out; + size_t avail; + size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */ + + do + { + va_list args; + + if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess)) + return -1; + + va_start (args, fmt); + avail = fs->end - fs->p; + out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args); + va_end (args); + if ((size_t) out >= avail) + size_guess = out + 1; + } + while ((size_t) out >= avail); + + fs->p += out; + + return out; +} +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf) +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */ diff --git a/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.h b/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b913d1b25 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams. + Copyright (C) 1997, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that + don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for + that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and + shouldn't be installed. */ + +#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H +#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef __attribute__ +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are + accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. + We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because + gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override + the 'printf' function. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) +# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ +# endif +#endif + +#if (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \ + || (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H)) +/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */ +#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP +#endif + +#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP +/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are + *slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new + object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do + line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */ + +#include + +typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t; + +#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream +#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream +#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream +#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream + +#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs) +#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs) +#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs) +#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs) +#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs) +#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs) +#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf +#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf + +#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point +#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point + +#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */ +/* Guess we have to define our own version. */ + +struct argp_fmtstream +{ + FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */ + + size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */ + ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */ + + /* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */ + size_t point_offs; + /* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */ + ssize_t point_col; + + char *buf; /* Output buffer. */ + char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */ + char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */ +}; + +typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t; + +/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines + written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns + total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by + replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces. + Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline. + Returns NULL if there was an error. */ +extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream, + size_t __lmargin, + size_t __rmargin, + ssize_t __wmargin); +extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream, + size_t __lmargin, + size_t __rmargin, + ssize_t __wmargin); + +/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */ +extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); + +extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__fmt, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3))); +extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__fmt, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3))); + +#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__ +extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch); +extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch); + +extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str); +extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str); + +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__str, size_t __len); +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__str, size_t __len); +#endif + +/* Access macros for various bits of state. */ +#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin) +#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin) +#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin) +#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin + +#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__ +/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __lmargin); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __lmargin); + +/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __rmargin); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __rmargin); + +/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __wmargin); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __wmargin); + +/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +#endif + +/* Internal routines. */ +extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount); +extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount); + +#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__ +/* Inline versions of above routines. */ + +#if !_LIBC +#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc +#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts +#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point +#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update +#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure +#endif + +#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI +# ifdef __GNUC__ + /* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99 + inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro + __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro + __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation. + + GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline + semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used: + warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89 + warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute + It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation. + + Whereas Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5479 without -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 + implements the GNU C inline semantics and defines the macro + __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__, but it does not warn and does not support + __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)). + + All in all, these are the possible combinations. For every compiler, + we need to choose ARGP_FS_EI so that the corresponding table cell + contains an "ok". + + \ ARGP_FS_EI inline extern extern + \ inline inline + CC \ __attribute__ + ((gnu_inline)) + + gcc 4.3.0 error ok ok + gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok + gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 ok error ok + + gcc 4.2.2 error ok ok + gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok + gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 error warning ok + + gcc 4.1.2 error ok warning + gcc 4.1.2 -std=gnu99 error ok warning + + Apple gcc 4.0.1 error ok warning + Apple gcc 4.0.1 -std=gnu99 ok error warning + */ +# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ +# define ARGP_FS_EI inline +# elif __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2) +# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)) +# else +# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline +# endif +# else + /* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if + the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */ +# define ARGP_FS_EI inline +# endif +#endif + +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__str, size_t __len) +{ + if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len)) + { + memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len); + __fs->p += __len; + return __len; + } + else + return 0; +} + +ARGP_FS_EI int +__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str) +{ + size_t __len = strlen (__str); + if (__len) + { + size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len); + return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +ARGP_FS_EI int +__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch) +{ + if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1)) + return *__fs->p++ = __ch; + else + return EOF; +} + +/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin) +{ + size_t __old; + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + __old = __fs->lmargin; + __fs->lmargin = __lmargin; + return __old; +} + +/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin) +{ + size_t __old; + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + __old = __fs->rmargin; + __fs->rmargin = __rmargin; + return __old; +} + +/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin) +{ + size_t __old; + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + __old = __fs->wmargin; + __fs->wmargin = __wmargin; + return __old; +} + +/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs) +{ + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0; +} + +#if !_LIBC +#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc +#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts +#undef __argp_fmtstream_write +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_point +#undef __argp_fmtstream_update +#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure +#endif + +#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */ + +#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */ + +#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */ diff --git a/gnulib/argp-fs-xinl.c b/gnulib/argp-fs-xinl.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c683f914 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-fs-xinl.c @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h + Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#define ARGP_FS_EI +#undef __OPTIMIZE__ +#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1 +#include "argp-fmtstream.h" + +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +/* Add weak aliases. */ +#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias) + +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point) + +#endif +#endif diff --git a/gnulib/argp-help.c b/gnulib/argp-help.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b6d950be --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-help.c @@ -0,0 +1,1951 @@ +/* Hierarchial argument parsing help output + Copyright (C) 1995-2005, 2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +# undef dgettext +# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \ + INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# include "gettext.h" +#endif + +#include "argp.h" +#include "argp-fmtstream.h" +#include "argp-namefrob.h" + +#ifndef SIZE_MAX +# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1) +#endif + +/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters. + + These may be specified in an environment variable called `ARGP_HELP_FMT', + with a contents like: VAR1=VAL1,VAR2=VAL2,BOOLVAR2,no-BOOLVAR2 + Where VALn must be a positive integer. The list of variables is in the + UPARAM_NAMES vector, below. */ + +/* Default parameters. */ +#define DUP_ARGS 0 /* True if option argument can be duplicated. */ +#define DUP_ARGS_NOTE 1 /* True to print a note about duplicate args. */ +#define SHORT_OPT_COL 2 /* column in which short options start */ +#define LONG_OPT_COL 6 /* column in which long options start */ +#define DOC_OPT_COL 2 /* column in which doc options start */ +#define OPT_DOC_COL 29 /* column in which option text starts */ +#define HEADER_COL 1 /* column in which group headers are printed */ +#define USAGE_INDENT 12 /* indentation of wrapped usage lines */ +#define RMARGIN 79 /* right margin used for wrapping */ + +/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters. + They must all be of type `int' for the parsing code to work. */ +struct uparams +{ + /* If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long + options, even when a given option has both, e.g. `-x ARG, --longx=ARG'. + If false, then if an option has both, the argument is only shown with + the long one, e.g., `-x, --longx=ARG', and a message indicating that + this really means both is printed below the options. */ + int dup_args; + + /* This is true if when DUP_ARGS is false, and some duplicate arguments have + been suppressed, an explanatory message should be printed. */ + int dup_args_note; + + /* Various output columns. */ + int short_opt_col; /* column in which short options start */ + int long_opt_col; /* column in which long options start */ + int doc_opt_col; /* column in which doc options start */ + int opt_doc_col; /* column in which option text starts */ + int header_col; /* column in which group headers are printed */ + int usage_indent; /* indentation of wrapped usage lines */ + int rmargin; /* right margin used for wrapping */ + + int valid; /* True when the values in here are valid. */ +}; + +/* This is a global variable, as user options are only ever read once. */ +static struct uparams uparams = { + DUP_ARGS, DUP_ARGS_NOTE, + SHORT_OPT_COL, LONG_OPT_COL, DOC_OPT_COL, OPT_DOC_COL, HEADER_COL, + USAGE_INDENT, RMARGIN, + 0 +}; + +/* A particular uparam, and what the user name is. */ +struct uparam_name +{ + const char *name; /* User name. */ + int is_bool; /* Whether it's `boolean'. */ + size_t uparams_offs; /* Location of the (int) field in UPARAMS. */ +}; + +/* The name-field mappings we know about. */ +static const struct uparam_name uparam_names[] = +{ + { "dup-args", 1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args) }, + { "dup-args-note", 1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args_note) }, + { "short-opt-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, short_opt_col) }, + { "long-opt-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, long_opt_col) }, + { "doc-opt-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, doc_opt_col) }, + { "opt-doc-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, opt_doc_col) }, + { "header-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, header_col) }, + { "usage-indent", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, usage_indent) }, + { "rmargin", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin) }, + { 0 } +}; + +static void +validate_uparams (const struct argp_state *state, struct uparams *upptr) +{ + const struct uparam_name *up; + + for (up = uparam_names; up->name; up++) + { + if (up->is_bool + || up->uparams_offs == offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin)) + continue; + if (*(int *)((char *)upptr + up->uparams_offs) >= upptr->rmargin) + { + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "\ +ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s value is less than or equal to %s"), + "rmargin", up->name); + return; + } + } + uparams = *upptr; + uparams.valid = 1; +} + +/* Read user options from the environment, and fill in UPARAMS appropiately. */ +static void +fill_in_uparams (const struct argp_state *state) +{ + const char *var = getenv ("ARGP_HELP_FMT"); + struct uparams new_params = uparams; + +#define SKIPWS(p) do { while (isspace ((unsigned char) *p)) p++; } while (0); + + if (var) + { + /* Parse var. */ + while (*var) + { + SKIPWS (var); + + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *var)) + { + size_t var_len; + const struct uparam_name *un; + int unspec = 0, val = 0; + const char *arg = var; + + while (isalnum ((unsigned char) *arg) || *arg == '-' || *arg == '_') + arg++; + var_len = arg - var; + + SKIPWS (arg); + + if (*arg == '\0' || *arg == ',') + unspec = 1; + else if (*arg == '=') + { + arg++; + SKIPWS (arg); + } + + if (unspec) + { + if (var[0] == 'n' && var[1] == 'o' && var[2] == '-') + { + val = 0; + var += 3; + var_len -= 3; + } + else + val = 1; + } + else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) *arg)) + { + val = atoi (arg); + while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *arg)) + arg++; + SKIPWS (arg); + } + + for (un = uparam_names; un->name; un++) + if (strlen (un->name) == var_len + && strncmp (var, un->name, var_len) == 0) + { + if (unspec && !un->is_bool) + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "\ +%.*s: ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter requires a value"), + (int) var_len, var); + else if (val < 0) + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "\ +%.*s: ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter must be positive"), + (int) var_len, var); + else + *(int *)((char *)&new_params + un->uparams_offs) = val; + break; + } + if (! un->name) + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\ +%.*s: Unknown ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter"), + (int) var_len, var); + + var = arg; + if (*var == ',') + var++; + } + else if (*var) + { + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "Garbage in ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s"), var); + break; + } + } + validate_uparams (state, &new_params); + } +} + +/* Returns true if OPT hasn't been marked invisible. Visibility only affects + whether OPT is displayed or used in sorting, not option shadowing. */ +#define ovisible(opt) (! ((opt)->flags & OPTION_HIDDEN)) + +/* Returns true if OPT is an alias for an earlier option. */ +#define oalias(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_ALIAS) + +/* Returns true if OPT is an documentation-only entry. */ +#define odoc(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_DOC) + +/* Returns true if OPT should not be translated */ +#define onotrans(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_NO_TRANS) + +/* Returns true if OPT is the end-of-list marker for a list of options. */ +#define oend(opt) __option_is_end (opt) + +/* Returns true if OPT has a short option. */ +#define oshort(opt) __option_is_short (opt) + +/* + The help format for a particular option is like: + + -xARG, -yARG, --long1=ARG, --long2=ARG Documentation... + + Where ARG will be omitted if there's no argument, for this option, or + will be surrounded by "[" and "]" appropiately if the argument is + optional. The documentation string is word-wrapped appropiately, and if + the list of options is long enough, it will be started on a separate line. + If there are no short options for a given option, the first long option is + indented slighly in a way that's supposed to make most long options appear + to be in a separate column. + + For example, the following output (from ps): + + -p PID, --pid=PID List the process PID + --pgrp=PGRP List processes in the process group PGRP + -P, -x, --no-parent Include processes without parents + -Q, --all-fields Don't elide unusable fields (normally if there's + some reason ps can't print a field for any + process, it's removed from the output entirely) + -r, --reverse, --gratuitously-long-reverse-option + Reverse the order of any sort + --session[=SID] Add the processes from the session SID (which + defaults to the sid of the current process) + + Here are some more options: + -f ZOT, --foonly=ZOT Glork a foonly + -z, --zaza Snit a zar + + -?, --help Give this help list + --usage Give a short usage message + -V, --version Print program version + + The struct argp_option array for the above could look like: + + { + {"pid", 'p', "PID", 0, "List the process PID"}, + {"pgrp", OPT_PGRP, "PGRP", 0, "List processes in the process group PGRP"}, + {"no-parent", 'P', 0, 0, "Include processes without parents"}, + {0, 'x', 0, OPTION_ALIAS}, + {"all-fields",'Q', 0, 0, "Don't elide unusable fields (normally" + " if there's some reason ps can't" + " print a field for any process, it's" + " removed from the output entirely)" }, + {"reverse", 'r', 0, 0, "Reverse the order of any sort"}, + {"gratuitously-long-reverse-option", 0, 0, OPTION_ALIAS}, + {"session", OPT_SESS, "SID", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL, + "Add the processes from the session" + " SID (which defaults to the sid of" + " the current process)" }, + + {0,0,0,0, "Here are some more options:"}, + {"foonly", 'f', "ZOT", 0, "Glork a foonly"}, + {"zaza", 'z', 0, 0, "Snit a zar"}, + + {0} + } + + Note that the last three options are automatically supplied by argp_parse, + unless you tell it not to with ARGP_NO_HELP. + +*/ + +/* Returns true if CH occurs between BEG and END. */ +static int +find_char (char ch, char *beg, char *end) +{ + while (beg < end) + if (*beg == ch) + return 1; + else + beg++; + return 0; +} + +struct hol_cluster; /* fwd decl */ + +struct hol_entry +{ + /* First option. */ + const struct argp_option *opt; + /* Number of options (including aliases). */ + unsigned num; + + /* A pointers into the HOL's short_options field, to the first short option + letter for this entry. The order of the characters following this point + corresponds to the order of options pointed to by OPT, and there are at + most NUM. A short option recorded in a option following OPT is only + valid if it occurs in the right place in SHORT_OPTIONS (otherwise it's + probably been shadowed by some other entry). */ + char *short_options; + + /* Entries are sorted by their group first, in the order: + 1, 2, ..., n, 0, -m, ..., -2, -1 + and then alphabetically within each group. The default is 0. */ + int group; + + /* The cluster of options this entry belongs to, or 0 if none. */ + struct hol_cluster *cluster; + + /* The argp from which this option came. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* Position in the array */ + unsigned ord; +}; + +/* A cluster of entries to reflect the argp tree structure. */ +struct hol_cluster +{ + /* A descriptive header printed before options in this cluster. */ + const char *header; + + /* Used to order clusters within the same group with the same parent, + according to the order in which they occurred in the parent argp's child + list. */ + int index; + + /* How to sort this cluster with respect to options and other clusters at the + same depth (clusters always follow options in the same group). */ + int group; + + /* The cluster to which this cluster belongs, or 0 if it's at the base + level. */ + struct hol_cluster *parent; + + /* The argp from which this cluster is (eventually) derived. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* The distance this cluster is from the root. */ + int depth; + + /* Clusters in a given hol are kept in a linked list, to make freeing them + possible. */ + struct hol_cluster *next; +}; + +/* A list of options for help. */ +struct hol +{ + /* An array of hol_entry's. */ + struct hol_entry *entries; + /* The number of entries in this hol. If this field is zero, the others + are undefined. */ + unsigned num_entries; + + /* A string containing all short options in this HOL. Each entry contains + pointers into this string, so the order can't be messed with blindly. */ + char *short_options; + + /* Clusters of entries in this hol. */ + struct hol_cluster *clusters; +}; + +/* Create a struct hol from the options in ARGP. CLUSTER is the + hol_cluster in which these entries occur, or 0, if at the root. */ +static struct hol * +make_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster) +{ + char *so; + const struct argp_option *o; + const struct argp_option *opts = argp->options; + struct hol_entry *entry; + unsigned num_short_options = 0; + struct hol *hol = malloc (sizeof (struct hol)); + + assert (hol); + + hol->num_entries = 0; + hol->clusters = 0; + + if (opts) + { + int cur_group = 0; + + /* The first option must not be an alias. */ + assert (! oalias (opts)); + + /* Calculate the space needed. */ + for (o = opts; ! oend (o); o++) + { + if (! oalias (o)) + hol->num_entries++; + if (oshort (o)) + num_short_options++; /* This is an upper bound. */ + } + + hol->entries = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_entry) * hol->num_entries); + hol->short_options = malloc (num_short_options + 1); + + assert (hol->entries && hol->short_options); + if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX) + assert (hol->num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + + /* Fill in the entries. */ + so = hol->short_options; + for (o = opts, entry = hol->entries; ! oend (o); entry++) + { + entry->opt = o; + entry->num = 0; + entry->short_options = so; + entry->group = cur_group = + o->group + ? o->group + : ((!o->name && !o->key) + ? cur_group + 1 + : cur_group); + entry->cluster = cluster; + entry->argp = argp; + + do + { + entry->num++; + if (oshort (o) && ! find_char (o->key, hol->short_options, so)) + /* O has a valid short option which hasn't already been used.*/ + *so++ = o->key; + o++; + } + while (! oend (o) && oalias (o)); + } + *so = '\0'; /* null terminated so we can find the length */ + } + + return hol; +} + +/* Add a new cluster to HOL, with the given GROUP and HEADER (taken from the + associated argp child list entry), INDEX, and PARENT, and return a pointer + to it. ARGP is the argp that this cluster results from. */ +static struct hol_cluster * +hol_add_cluster (struct hol *hol, int group, const char *header, int index, + struct hol_cluster *parent, const struct argp *argp) +{ + struct hol_cluster *cl = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_cluster)); + if (cl) + { + cl->group = group; + cl->header = header; + + cl->index = index; + cl->parent = parent; + cl->argp = argp; + cl->depth = parent ? parent->depth + 1 : 0; + + cl->next = hol->clusters; + hol->clusters = cl; + } + return cl; +} + +/* Free HOL and any resources it uses. */ +static void +hol_free (struct hol *hol) +{ + struct hol_cluster *cl = hol->clusters; + + while (cl) + { + struct hol_cluster *next = cl->next; + free (cl); + cl = next; + } + + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + free (hol->entries); + free (hol->short_options); + } + + free (hol); +} + +static int +hol_entry_short_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry, + int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie), + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + unsigned nopts; + int val = 0; + const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt; + char *so = entry->short_options; + + for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--) + if (oshort (opt) && *so == opt->key) + { + if (!oalias (opt)) + real = opt; + if (ovisible (opt)) + val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie); + so++; + } + + return val; +} + +static inline int +__attribute__ ((always_inline)) +hol_entry_long_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry, + int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie), + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + unsigned nopts; + int val = 0; + const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt; + + for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--) + if (opt->name) + { + if (!oalias (opt)) + real = opt; + if (ovisible (opt)) + val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie); + } + + return val; +} + +/* Iterator that returns true for the first short option. */ +static int +until_short (const struct argp_option *opt, const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + return oshort (opt) ? opt->key : 0; +} + +/* Returns the first valid short option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none. */ +static char +hol_entry_first_short (const struct hol_entry *entry) +{ + return hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, until_short, + entry->argp->argp_domain, 0); +} + +/* Returns the first valid long option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none. */ +static const char * +hol_entry_first_long (const struct hol_entry *entry) +{ + const struct argp_option *opt; + unsigned num; + for (opt = entry->opt, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + return opt->name; + return 0; +} + +/* Returns the entry in HOL with the long option name NAME, or 0 if there is + none. */ +static struct hol_entry * +hol_find_entry (struct hol *hol, const char *name) +{ + struct hol_entry *entry = hol->entries; + unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries; + + while (num_entries-- > 0) + { + const struct argp_option *opt = entry->opt; + unsigned num_opts = entry->num; + + while (num_opts-- > 0) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt) && strcmp (opt->name, name) == 0) + return entry; + else + opt++; + + entry++; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* If an entry with the long option NAME occurs in HOL, set it's special + sort position to GROUP. */ +static void +hol_set_group (struct hol *hol, const char *name, int group) +{ + struct hol_entry *entry = hol_find_entry (hol, name); + if (entry) + entry->group = group; +} + +/* Order by group: 0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. + EQ is what to return if GROUP1 and GROUP2 are the same. */ +static int +group_cmp (int group1, int group2, int eq) +{ + if (group1 == group2) + return eq; + else if ((group1 < 0 && group2 < 0) || (group1 >= 0 && group2 >= 0)) + return group1 - group2; + else + return group2 - group1; +} + +/* Compare clusters CL1 & CL2 by the order that they should appear in + output. */ +static int +hol_cluster_cmp (const struct hol_cluster *cl1, const struct hol_cluster *cl2) +{ + /* If one cluster is deeper than the other, use its ancestor at the same + level, so that finding the common ancestor is straightforward. + + clN->depth > 0 means that clN->parent != NULL (see hol_add_cluster) */ + while (cl1->depth > cl2->depth) + cl1 = cl1->parent; + while (cl2->depth > cl1->depth) + cl2 = cl2->parent; + + /* Now reduce both clusters to their ancestors at the point where both have + a common parent; these can be directly compared. */ + while (cl1->parent != cl2->parent) + cl1 = cl1->parent, cl2 = cl2->parent; + + return group_cmp (cl1->group, cl2->group, cl2->index - cl1->index); +} + +/* Return the ancestor of CL that's just below the root (i.e., has a parent + of 0). */ +static struct hol_cluster * +hol_cluster_base (struct hol_cluster *cl) +{ + while (cl->parent) + cl = cl->parent; + return cl; +} + +/* Return true if CL1 is a child of CL2. */ +static int +hol_cluster_is_child (const struct hol_cluster *cl1, + const struct hol_cluster *cl2) +{ + while (cl1 && cl1 != cl2) + cl1 = cl1->parent; + return cl1 == cl2; +} + +/* Given the name of a OPTION_DOC option, modifies NAME to start at the tail + that should be used for comparisons, and returns true iff it should be + treated as a non-option. */ +static int +canon_doc_option (const char **name) +{ + int non_opt; + + if (!*name) + non_opt = 1; + else + { + /* Skip initial whitespace. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) **name)) + (*name)++; + /* Decide whether this looks like an option (leading `-') or not. */ + non_opt = (**name != '-'); + /* Skip until part of name used for sorting. */ + while (**name && !isalnum ((unsigned char) **name)) + (*name)++; + } + return non_opt; +} + +#define HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP(a,b) ((a)->ord < (b)->ord ? -1 : 1) + +/* Order ENTRY1 & ENTRY2 by the order which they should appear in a help + listing. */ +static int +hol_entry_cmp (const struct hol_entry *entry1, + const struct hol_entry *entry2) +{ + /* The group numbers by which the entries should be ordered; if either is + in a cluster, then this is just the group within the cluster. */ + int group1 = entry1->group, group2 = entry2->group; + int rc; + + if (entry1->cluster != entry2->cluster) + { + /* The entries are not within the same cluster, so we can't compare them + directly, we have to use the appropiate clustering level too. */ + if (! entry1->cluster) + /* ENTRY1 is at the `base level', not in a cluster, so we have to + compare it's group number with that of the base cluster in which + ENTRY2 resides. Note that if they're in the same group, the + clustered option always comes laster. */ + return group_cmp (group1, hol_cluster_base (entry2->cluster)->group, -1); + else if (! entry2->cluster) + /* Likewise, but ENTRY2's not in a cluster. */ + return group_cmp (hol_cluster_base (entry1->cluster)->group, group2, 1); + else + /* Both entries are in clusters, we can just compare the clusters. */ + return (rc = hol_cluster_cmp (entry1->cluster, entry2->cluster)) ? + rc : HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2); + } + else if (group1 == group2) + /* The entries are both in the same cluster and group, so compare them + alphabetically. */ + { + int short1 = hol_entry_first_short (entry1); + int short2 = hol_entry_first_short (entry2); + int doc1 = odoc (entry1->opt); + int doc2 = odoc (entry2->opt); + const char *long1 = hol_entry_first_long (entry1); + const char *long2 = hol_entry_first_long (entry2); + + if (doc1) + doc1 = canon_doc_option (&long1); + if (doc2) + doc2 = canon_doc_option (&long2); + + if (doc1 != doc2) + /* `documentation' options always follow normal options (or + documentation options that *look* like normal options). */ + return doc1 - doc2; + else if (!short1 && !short2 && long1 && long2) + /* Only long options. */ + return (rc = __strcasecmp (long1, long2)) ? + rc : HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2); + else + /* Compare short/short, long/short, short/long, using the first + character of long options. Entries without *any* valid + options (such as options with OPTION_HIDDEN set) will be put + first, but as they're not displayed, it doesn't matter where + they are. */ + { + unsigned char first1 = short1 ? short1 : long1 ? *long1 : 0; + unsigned char first2 = short2 ? short2 : long2 ? *long2 : 0; + /* Use tolower, not _tolower, since only the former is + guaranteed to work on something already lower case. */ + int lower_cmp = tolower (first1) - tolower (first2); + /* Compare ignoring case, except when the options are both the + same letter, in which case lower-case always comes first. */ + return lower_cmp ? lower_cmp : + (rc = first2 - first1) ? + rc : HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2); + } + } + else + /* Within the same cluster, but not the same group, so just compare + groups. */ + return group_cmp (group1, group2, HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2)); +} + +/* Version of hol_entry_cmp with correct signature for qsort. */ +static int +hol_entry_qcmp (const void *entry1_v, const void *entry2_v) +{ + return hol_entry_cmp (entry1_v, entry2_v); +} + +/* Sort HOL by group and alphabetically by option name (with short options + taking precedence over long). Since the sorting is for display purposes + only, the shadowing of options isn't effected. */ +static void +hol_sort (struct hol *hol) +{ + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + unsigned i; + struct hol_entry *e; + for (i = 0, e = hol->entries; i < hol->num_entries; i++, e++) + e->ord = i; + qsort (hol->entries, hol->num_entries, sizeof (struct hol_entry), + hol_entry_qcmp); + } +} + +/* Append MORE to HOL, destroying MORE in the process. Options in HOL shadow + any in MORE with the same name. */ +static void +hol_append (struct hol *hol, struct hol *more) +{ + struct hol_cluster **cl_end = &hol->clusters; + + /* Steal MORE's cluster list, and add it to the end of HOL's. */ + while (*cl_end) + cl_end = &(*cl_end)->next; + *cl_end = more->clusters; + more->clusters = 0; + + /* Merge entries. */ + if (more->num_entries > 0) + { + if (hol->num_entries == 0) + { + hol->num_entries = more->num_entries; + hol->entries = more->entries; + hol->short_options = more->short_options; + more->num_entries = 0; /* Mark MORE's fields as invalid. */ + } + else + /* Append the entries in MORE to those in HOL, taking care to only add + non-shadowed SHORT_OPTIONS values. */ + { + unsigned left; + char *so, *more_so; + struct hol_entry *e; + unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries + more->num_entries; + struct hol_entry *entries = + malloc (num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + unsigned hol_so_len = strlen (hol->short_options); + char *short_options = + malloc (hol_so_len + strlen (more->short_options) + 1); + + assert (entries && short_options); + if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX) + assert (num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + + __mempcpy (__mempcpy (entries, hol->entries, + hol->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)), + more->entries, + more->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + + __mempcpy (short_options, hol->short_options, hol_so_len); + + /* Fix up the short options pointers from HOL. */ + for (e = entries, left = hol->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--) + e->short_options += (short_options - hol->short_options); + + /* Now add the short options from MORE, fixing up its entries + too. */ + so = short_options + hol_so_len; + more_so = more->short_options; + for (left = more->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--) + { + int opts_left; + const struct argp_option *opt; + + e->short_options = so; + + for (opts_left = e->num, opt = e->opt; opts_left; opt++, opts_left--) + { + int ch = *more_so; + if (oshort (opt) && ch == opt->key) + /* The next short option in MORE_SO, CH, is from OPT. */ + { + if (! find_char (ch, short_options, + short_options + hol_so_len)) + /* The short option CH isn't shadowed by HOL's options, + so add it to the sum. */ + *so++ = ch; + more_so++; + } + } + } + + *so = '\0'; + + free (hol->entries); + free (hol->short_options); + + hol->entries = entries; + hol->num_entries = num_entries; + hol->short_options = short_options; + } + } + + hol_free (more); +} + +/* Inserts enough spaces to make sure STREAM is at column COL. */ +static void +indent_to (argp_fmtstream_t stream, unsigned col) +{ + int needed = col - __argp_fmtstream_point (stream); + while (needed-- > 0) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' '); +} + +/* Output to STREAM either a space, or a newline if there isn't room for at + least ENSURE characters before the right margin. */ +static void +space (argp_fmtstream_t stream, size_t ensure) +{ + if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) + ensure + >= __argp_fmtstream_rmargin (stream)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + else + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' '); +} + +/* If the option REAL has an argument, we print it in using the printf + format REQ_FMT or OPT_FMT depending on whether it's a required or + optional argument. */ +static void +arg (const struct argp_option *real, const char *req_fmt, const char *opt_fmt, + const char *domain, argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + if (real->arg) + { + if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, opt_fmt, + dgettext (domain, real->arg)); + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, req_fmt, + dgettext (domain, real->arg)); + } +} + +/* Helper functions for hol_entry_help. */ + +/* State used during the execution of hol_help. */ +struct hol_help_state +{ + /* PREV_ENTRY should contain the previous entry printed, or 0. */ + struct hol_entry *prev_entry; + + /* If an entry is in a different group from the previous one, and SEP_GROUPS + is true, then a blank line will be printed before any output. */ + int sep_groups; + + /* True if a duplicate option argument was suppressed (only ever set if + UPARAMS.dup_args is false). */ + int suppressed_dup_arg; +}; + +/* Some state used while printing a help entry (used to communicate with + helper functions). See the doc for hol_entry_help for more info, as most + of the fields are copied from its arguments. */ +struct pentry_state +{ + const struct hol_entry *entry; + argp_fmtstream_t stream; + struct hol_help_state *hhstate; + + /* True if nothing's been printed so far. */ + int first; + + /* If non-zero, the state that was used to print this help. */ + const struct argp_state *state; +}; + +/* If a user doc filter should be applied to DOC, do so. */ +static const char * +filter_doc (const char *doc, int key, const struct argp *argp, + const struct argp_state *state) +{ + if (argp->help_filter) + /* We must apply a user filter to this output. */ + { + void *input = __argp_input (argp, state); + return (*argp->help_filter) (key, doc, input); + } + else + /* No filter. */ + return doc; +} + +/* Prints STR as a header line, with the margin lines set appropiately, and + notes the fact that groups should be separated with a blank line. ARGP is + the argp that should dictate any user doc filtering to take place. Note + that the previous wrap margin isn't restored, but the left margin is reset + to 0. */ +static void +print_header (const char *str, const struct argp *argp, + struct pentry_state *pest) +{ + const char *tstr = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, str); + const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER, argp, pest->state); + + if (fstr) + { + if (*fstr) + { + if (pest->hhstate->prev_entry) + /* Precede with a blank line. */ + __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n'); + indent_to (pest->stream, uparams.header_col); + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col); + __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, fstr); + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, 0); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n'); + } + + pest->hhstate->sep_groups = 1; /* Separate subsequent groups. */ + } + + if (fstr != tstr) + free ((char *) fstr); +} + +/* Inserts a comma if this isn't the first item on the line, and then makes + sure we're at least to column COL. If this *is* the first item on a line, + prints any pending whitespace/headers that should precede this line. Also + clears FIRST. */ +static void +comma (unsigned col, struct pentry_state *pest) +{ + if (pest->first) + { + const struct hol_entry *pe = pest->hhstate->prev_entry; + const struct hol_cluster *cl = pest->entry->cluster; + + if (pest->hhstate->sep_groups && pe && pest->entry->group != pe->group) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n'); + + if (cl && cl->header && *cl->header + && (!pe + || (pe->cluster != cl + && !hol_cluster_is_child (pe->cluster, cl)))) + /* If we're changing clusters, then this must be the start of the + ENTRY's cluster unless that is an ancestor of the previous one + (in which case we had just popped into a sub-cluster for a bit). + If so, then print the cluster's header line. */ + { + int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (pest->stream); + print_header (cl->header, cl->argp, pest); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, old_wm); + } + + pest->first = 0; + } + else + __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, ", "); + + indent_to (pest->stream, col); +} + +/* Print help for ENTRY to STREAM. */ +static void +hol_entry_help (struct hol_entry *entry, const struct argp_state *state, + argp_fmtstream_t stream, struct hol_help_state *hhstate) +{ + unsigned num; + const struct argp_option *real = entry->opt, *opt; + char *so = entry->short_options; + int have_long_opt = 0; /* We have any long options. */ + /* Saved margins. */ + int old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0); + int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (stream); + /* PEST is a state block holding some of our variables that we'd like to + share with helper functions. */ + struct pentry_state pest; + + pest.entry = entry; + pest.stream = stream; + pest.hhstate = hhstate; + pest.first = 1; + pest.state = state; + + if (! odoc (real)) + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + { + have_long_opt = 1; + break; + } + + /* First emit short options. */ + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.short_opt_col); /* For truly bizarre cases. */ + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (oshort (opt) && opt->key == *so) + /* OPT has a valid (non shadowed) short option. */ + { + if (ovisible (opt)) + { + comma (uparams.short_opt_col, &pest); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '-'); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, *so); + if (!have_long_opt || uparams.dup_args) + arg (real, " %s", "[%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain, stream); + else if (real->arg) + hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1; + } + so++; + } + + /* Now, long options. */ + if (odoc (real)) + /* A `documentation' option. */ + { + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.doc_opt_col); + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && *opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + { + comma (uparams.doc_opt_col, &pest); + /* Calling dgettext here isn't quite right, since sorting will + have been done on the original; but documentation options + should be pretty rare anyway... */ + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, + onotrans (opt) ? + opt->name : + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + opt->name)); + } + } + else + /* A real long option. */ + { + int first_long_opt = 1; + + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.long_opt_col); + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + { + comma (uparams.long_opt_col, &pest); + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "--%s", opt->name); + if (first_long_opt || uparams.dup_args) + arg (real, "=%s", "[=%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain, + stream); + else if (real->arg) + hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1; + } + } + + /* Next, documentation strings. */ + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0); + + if (pest.first) + { + /* Didn't print any switches, what's up? */ + if (!oshort (real) && !real->name) + /* This is a group header, print it nicely. */ + print_header (real->doc, entry->argp, &pest); + else + /* Just a totally shadowed option or null header; print nothing. */ + goto cleanup; /* Just return, after cleaning up. */ + } + else + { + const char *tstr = real->doc ? dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + real->doc) : 0; + const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, real->key, entry->argp, state); + if (fstr && *fstr) + { + unsigned int col = __argp_fmtstream_point (stream); + + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col); + + if (col > (unsigned int) (uparams.opt_doc_col + 3)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + else if (col >= (unsigned int) uparams.opt_doc_col) + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, " "); + else + indent_to (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col); + + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr); + } + if (fstr && fstr != tstr) + free ((char *) fstr); + + /* Reset the left margin. */ + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + } + + hhstate->prev_entry = entry; + +cleanup: + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, old_lm); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, old_wm); +} + +/* Output a long help message about the options in HOL to STREAM. */ +static void +hol_help (struct hol *hol, const struct argp_state *state, + argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + unsigned num; + struct hol_entry *entry; + struct hol_help_state hhstate = { 0, 0, 0 }; + + for (entry = hol->entries, num = hol->num_entries; num > 0; entry++, num--) + hol_entry_help (entry, state, stream, &hhstate); + + if (hhstate.suppressed_dup_arg && uparams.dup_args_note) + { + const char *tstr = dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\ +Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or \ +optional for any corresponding short options."); + const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE, + state ? state->root_argp : 0, state); + if (fstr && *fstr) + { + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + } + if (fstr && fstr != tstr) + free ((char *) fstr); + } +} + +/* Helper functions for hol_usage. */ + +/* If OPT is a short option without an arg, append its key to the string + pointer pointer to by COOKIE, and advance the pointer. */ +static int +add_argless_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + char **snao_end = cookie; + if (!(opt->arg || real->arg) + && !((opt->flags | real->flags) & OPTION_NO_USAGE)) + *(*snao_end)++ = opt->key; + return 0; +} + +/* If OPT is a short option with an arg, output a usage entry for it to the + stream pointed at by COOKIE. */ +static int +usage_argful_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie; + const char *arg = opt->arg; + int flags = opt->flags | real->flags; + + if (! arg) + arg = real->arg; + + if (arg && !(flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE)) + { + arg = dgettext (domain, arg); + + if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%c[%s]]", opt->key, arg); + else + { + /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't + get wrapped at the embedded space. */ + space (stream, 6 + strlen (arg)); + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "[-%c %s]", opt->key, arg); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Output a usage entry for the long option opt to the stream pointed at by + COOKIE. */ +static int +usage_long_opt (const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie; + const char *arg = opt->arg; + int flags = opt->flags | real->flags; + + if (! arg) + arg = real->arg; + + if (! (flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE) && !odoc (opt)) + { + if (arg) + { + arg = dgettext (domain, arg); + if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s[=%s]]", opt->name, arg); + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s=%s]", opt->name, arg); + } + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s]", opt->name); + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Print a short usage description for the arguments in HOL to STREAM. */ +static void +hol_usage (struct hol *hol, argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + unsigned nentries; + struct hol_entry *entry; + char *short_no_arg_opts = alloca (strlen (hol->short_options) + 1); + char *snao_end = short_no_arg_opts; + + /* First we put a list of short options without arguments. */ + for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries + ; nentries > 0 + ; entry++, nentries--) + hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, add_argless_short_opt, + entry->argp->argp_domain, &snao_end); + if (snao_end > short_no_arg_opts) + { + *snao_end++ = 0; + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%s]", short_no_arg_opts); + } + + /* Now a list of short options *with* arguments. */ + for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries + ; nentries > 0 + ; entry++, nentries--) + hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, usage_argful_short_opt, + entry->argp->argp_domain, stream); + + /* Finally, a list of long options (whew!). */ + for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries + ; nentries > 0 + ; entry++, nentries--) + hol_entry_long_iterate (entry, usage_long_opt, + entry->argp->argp_domain, stream); + } +} + +/* Make a HOL containing all levels of options in ARGP. CLUSTER is the + cluster in which ARGP's entries should be clustered, or 0. */ +static struct hol * +argp_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster) +{ + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + struct hol *hol = make_hol (argp, cluster); + if (child) + while (child->argp) + { + struct hol_cluster *child_cluster = + ((child->group || child->header) + /* Put CHILD->argp within its own cluster. */ + ? hol_add_cluster (hol, child->group, child->header, + child - argp->children, cluster, argp) + /* Just merge it into the parent's cluster. */ + : cluster); + hol_append (hol, argp_hol (child->argp, child_cluster)) ; + child++; + } + return hol; +} + +/* Calculate how many different levels with alternative args strings exist in + ARGP. */ +static size_t +argp_args_levels (const struct argp *argp) +{ + size_t levels = 0; + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + + if (argp->args_doc && strchr (argp->args_doc, '\n')) + levels++; + + if (child) + while (child->argp) + levels += argp_args_levels ((child++)->argp); + + return levels; +} + +/* Print all the non-option args documented in ARGP to STREAM. Any output is + preceded by a space. LEVELS is a pointer to a byte vector the length + returned by argp_args_levels; it should be initialized to zero, and + updated by this routine for the next call if ADVANCE is true. True is + returned as long as there are more patterns to output. */ +static int +argp_args_usage (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, + char **levels, int advance, argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + char *our_level = *levels; + int multiple = 0; + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + const char *tdoc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->args_doc), *nl = 0; + const char *fdoc = filter_doc (tdoc, ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC, argp, state); + + if (fdoc) + { + const char *cp = fdoc; + nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n'); + if (*nl != '\0') + /* This is a `multi-level' args doc; advance to the correct position + as determined by our state in LEVELS, and update LEVELS. */ + { + int i; + multiple = 1; + for (i = 0; i < *our_level; i++) + cp = nl + 1, nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n'); + (*levels)++; + } + + /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't get wrapped at + any embedded spaces. */ + space (stream, 1 + nl - cp); + + __argp_fmtstream_write (stream, cp, nl - cp); + } + if (fdoc && fdoc != tdoc) + free ((char *)fdoc); /* Free user's modified doc string. */ + + if (child) + while (child->argp) + advance = !argp_args_usage ((child++)->argp, state, levels, advance, stream); + + if (advance && multiple) + { + /* Need to increment our level. */ + if (*nl) + /* There's more we can do here. */ + { + (*our_level)++; + advance = 0; /* Our parent shouldn't advance also. */ + } + else if (*our_level > 0) + /* We had multiple levels, but used them up; reset to zero. */ + *our_level = 0; + } + + return !advance; +} + +/* Print the documentation for ARGP to STREAM; if POST is false, then + everything preceeding a `\v' character in the documentation strings (or + the whole string, for those with none) is printed, otherwise, everything + following the `\v' character (nothing for strings without). Each separate + bit of documentation is separated a blank line, and if PRE_BLANK is true, + then the first is as well. If FIRST_ONLY is true, only the first + occurrence is output. Returns true if anything was output. */ +static int +argp_doc (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, + int post, int pre_blank, int first_only, + argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + const char *text; + const char *inp_text; + size_t inp_text_len = 0; + const char *trans_text; + void *input = 0; + int anything = 0; + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + + if (argp->doc) + { + char *vt = strchr (argp->doc, '\v'); + if (vt) + { + if (post) + inp_text = vt + 1; + else + { + inp_text_len = vt - argp->doc; + inp_text = __strndup (argp->doc, inp_text_len); + } + } + else + inp_text = post ? 0 : argp->doc; + trans_text = inp_text ? dgettext (argp->argp_domain, inp_text) : NULL; + } + else + trans_text = inp_text = 0; + + if (argp->help_filter) + /* We have to filter the doc strings. */ + { + input = __argp_input (argp, state); + text = + (*argp->help_filter) (post + ? ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC + : ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC, + trans_text, input); + } + else + text = (const char *) trans_text; + + if (text) + { + if (pre_blank) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text); + + if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + + anything = 1; + } + + if (text && text != trans_text) + free ((char *) text); /* Free TEXT returned from the help filter. */ + + if (inp_text && inp_text_len) + free ((char *) inp_text); /* We copied INP_TEXT, so free it now. */ + + if (post && argp->help_filter) + /* Now see if we have to output a ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA text. */ + { + text = (*argp->help_filter) (ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA, 0, input); + if (text) + { + if (anything || pre_blank) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text); + free ((char *) text); + if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) + > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + anything = 1; + } + } + + if (child) + while (child->argp && !(first_only && anything)) + anything |= + argp_doc ((child++)->argp, state, + post, anything || pre_blank, first_only, + stream); + + return anything; +} + +/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. If called from + argp_state_help, STATE is the relevent parsing state. FLAGS are from the + set ARGP_HELP_*. NAME is what to use wherever a `program name' is + needed. */ +static void +_help (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream, + unsigned flags, char *name) +{ + int anything = 0; /* Whether we've output anything. */ + struct hol *hol = 0; + argp_fmtstream_t fs; + + if (! stream) + return; + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __flockfile (stream); +#endif + + if (! uparams.valid) + fill_in_uparams (state); + + fs = __argp_make_fmtstream (stream, 0, uparams.rmargin, 0); + if (! fs) + { +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + return; + } + + if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG)) + { + hol = argp_hol (argp, 0); + + /* If present, these options always come last. */ + hol_set_group (hol, "help", -1); + hol_set_group (hol, "version", -1); + + hol_sort (hol); + } + + if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE)) + /* Print a short `Usage:' message. */ + { + int first_pattern = 1, more_patterns; + size_t num_pattern_levels = argp_args_levels (argp); + char *pattern_levels = alloca (num_pattern_levels); + + memset (pattern_levels, 0, num_pattern_levels); + + do + { + int old_lm; + int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent); + char *levels = pattern_levels; + + if (first_pattern) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s", + dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "Usage:"), + name); + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s", + dgettext (argp->argp_domain, " or: "), + name); + + /* We set the lmargin as well as the wmargin, because hol_usage + manually wraps options with newline to avoid annoying breaks. */ + old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent); + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE) + /* Just show where the options go. */ + { + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + __argp_fmtstream_puts (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, + " [OPTION...]")); + } + else + /* Actually print the options. */ + { + hol_usage (hol, fs); + flags |= ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE; /* But only do so once. */ + } + + more_patterns = argp_args_usage (argp, state, &levels, 1, fs); + + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, old_wm); + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, old_lm); + + __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n'); + anything = 1; + + first_pattern = 0; + } + while (more_patterns); + } + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC) + anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 0, 0, 1, fs); + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SEE) + { + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "\ +Try `%s --help' or `%s --usage' for more information.\n"), + name, name); + anything = 1; + } + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_LONG) + /* Print a long, detailed help message. */ + { + /* Print info about all the options. */ + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + if (anything) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n'); + hol_help (hol, state, fs); + anything = 1; + } + } + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC) + /* Print any documentation strings at the end. */ + anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 1, anything, 0, fs); + + if ((flags & ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR) && argp_program_bug_address) + { + if (anything) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n'); + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, + "Report bugs to %s.\n"), + argp_program_bug_address); + anything = 1; + } + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + + if (hol) + hol_free (hol); + + __argp_fmtstream_free (fs); +} + +/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set + ARGP_HELP_*. NAME is what to use wherever a `program name' is needed. */ +void __argp_help (const struct argp *argp, FILE *stream, + unsigned flags, char *name) +{ + struct argp_state state; + memset (&state, 0, sizeof state); + state.root_argp = argp; + _help (argp, &state, stream, flags, name); +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_help, argp_help) +#endif + +#if ! (defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME) +char * +__argp_short_program_name (void) +{ +# if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME + return __argp_base_name (program_invocation_name); +# else + /* FIXME: What now? Miles suggests that it is better to use NULL, + but currently the value is passed on directly to fputs_unlocked, + so that requires more changes. */ +# if __GNUC__ +# warning No reasonable value to return +# endif /* __GNUC__ */ + return ""; +# endif +} +#endif + +/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are + from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */ +void +__argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream, unsigned flags) +{ + if ((!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) && stream) + { + if (state && (state->flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)) + flags |= ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY; + + _help (state ? state->root_argp : 0, state, stream, flags, + state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ()); + + if (!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT)) + { + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR) + exit (argp_err_exit_status); + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK) + exit (0); + } + } +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_state_help, argp_state_help) +#endif + +/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded + by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help' + message, then exit (1). */ +void +__argp_error (const struct argp_state *state, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) + { + FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr; + + if (stream) + { + va_list ap; + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __flockfile (stream); +#endif + + va_start (ap, fmt); + +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0) + { + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, fmt, ap) < 0) + buf = NULL; + + __fwprintf (stream, L"%s: %s\n", + state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (), + buf); + + free (buf); + } + else +#endif + { + fputs_unlocked (state + ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (), + stream); + putc_unlocked (':', stream); + putc_unlocked (' ', stream); + + vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap); + + putc_unlocked ('\n', stream); + } + + __argp_state_help (state, stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR); + + va_end (ap); + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + } + } +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_error, argp_error) +#endif + +/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will + respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print + to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is + shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime + option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The + difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for + *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during + parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */ +void +__argp_failure (const struct argp_state *state, int status, int errnum, + const char *fmt, ...) +{ + if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) + { + FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr; + + if (stream) + { +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __flockfile (stream); +#endif + +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0) + __fwprintf (stream, L"%s", + state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ()); + else +#endif + fputs_unlocked (state + ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (), + stream); + + if (fmt) + { + va_list ap; + + va_start (ap, fmt); +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0) + { + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, fmt, ap) < 0) + buf = NULL; + + __fwprintf (stream, L": %s", buf); + + free (buf); + } + else +#endif + { + putc_unlocked (':', stream); + putc_unlocked (' ', stream); + + vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap); + } + + va_end (ap); + } + + if (errnum) + { + char buf[200]; + +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0) + __fwprintf (stream, L": %s", + __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof (buf))); + else +#endif + { + char const *s = NULL; + putc_unlocked (':', stream); + putc_unlocked (' ', stream); +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) + s = __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf); +#elif HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R + if (__strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf) == 0) + s = buf; +#endif +#if !_LIBC + if (! s && ! (s = strerror (errnum))) + s = dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "Unknown system error"); +#endif + fputs (s, stream); + } + } + +#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO + if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0) + putwc_unlocked (L'\n', stream); + else +#endif + putc_unlocked ('\n', stream); + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + + if (status && (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))) + exit (status); + } + } +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_failure, argp_failure) +#endif diff --git a/gnulib/argp-namefrob.h b/gnulib/argp-namefrob.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24581a626 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-namefrob.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc + Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#if !_LIBC +/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the + namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those + names to be the normal ones instead. */ + +/* argp-parse functions */ +#undef __argp_parse +#define __argp_parse argp_parse +#undef __option_is_end +#define __option_is_end _option_is_end +#undef __option_is_short +#define __option_is_short _option_is_short +#undef __argp_input +#define __argp_input _argp_input + +/* argp-help functions */ +#undef __argp_help +#define __argp_help argp_help +#undef __argp_error +#define __argp_error argp_error +#undef __argp_failure +#define __argp_failure argp_failure +#undef __argp_state_help +#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help +#undef __argp_usage +#define __argp_usage argp_usage + +/* argp-fmtstream functions */ +#undef __argp_make_fmtstream +#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream +#undef __argp_fmtstream_free +#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free +#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc +#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc +#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts +#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts +#undef __argp_fmtstream_write +#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write +#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf +#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_point +#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point +#undef __argp_fmtstream_update +#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update +#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure +#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure +#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin + +/* normal libc functions we call */ +#undef __flockfile +#define __flockfile flockfile +#undef __funlockfile +#define __funlockfile funlockfile +#undef __mempcpy +#define __mempcpy mempcpy +#undef __sleep +#define __sleep sleep +#undef __strcasecmp +#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp +#undef __strchrnul +#define __strchrnul strchrnul +#undef __strerror_r +#define __strerror_r strerror_r +#undef __strndup +#define __strndup strndup +#undef __vsnprintf +#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED +# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED +# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED +# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED +# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED +# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED +# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED +# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED +# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED +# define getchar_unlocked() getchar () +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED +# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y) +# endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED +# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x) +# endif + +#endif /* !_LIBC */ + +#ifndef __set_errno +#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e)) +#endif + +#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME +# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg +#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME +extern char *__argp_base_name (const char *arg); +#else +# include "dirname.h" +# define __argp_base_name last_component +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name) +#else +extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void); +#endif diff --git a/gnulib/argp-parse.c b/gnulib/argp-parse.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1cbf884e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-parse.c @@ -0,0 +1,952 @@ +/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt + Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +# undef dgettext +# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \ + INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# include "gettext.h" +#endif +#define N_(msgid) msgid + +#include "argp.h" +#include "argp-namefrob.h" + +#define alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char c; type x; }, x) +#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d)) + +/* Getopt return values. */ +#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */ +#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */ +#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */ + +/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted + as options. */ +#define QUOTE "--" + +/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */ +#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT + +/* The number of bits available for the user value. */ +#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS) +#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1) + +/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */ +#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN + +/* Default options. */ + +/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep + for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus + you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting + it to 0 yourself. */ +static volatile int _argp_hang; + +#define OPT_PROGNAME -2 +#define OPT_USAGE -3 +#define OPT_HANG -4 + +static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] = +{ + {"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1}, + {"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0}, + {"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0}, + {"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN, + N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0}, + {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0} +}; + +static error_t +argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state) +{ + switch (key) + { + case '?': + __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP); + break; + case OPT_USAGE: + __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, + ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK); + break; + + case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */ +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME + program_invocation_name = arg; +#endif + /* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka + __PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined + to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */ + + /* Update what we use for messages. */ + state->name = __argp_base_name (arg); + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME + program_invocation_short_name = state->name; +#endif + + if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS)) + == ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0) + /* Update what getopt uses too. */ + state->argv[0] = arg; + + break; + + case OPT_HANG: + _argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600"); + while (_argp_hang-- > 0) + __sleep (1); + break; + + default: + return EBADKEY; + } + return 0; +} + +static const struct argp argp_default_argp = + {argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"}; + + +static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] = +{ + {"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1}, + {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0} +}; + +static error_t +argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state) +{ + switch (key) + { + case 'V': + if (argp_program_version_hook) + (*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state); + else if (argp_program_version) + fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version); + else + __argp_error (state, dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?")); + if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT)) + exit (0); + break; + default: + return EBADKEY; + } + return 0; +} + +static const struct argp argp_version_argp = + {argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"}; + +/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a + long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as + NAME will return the number of options. */ +static int +find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name) +{ + struct option *l = long_options; + while (l->name != NULL) + if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0) + return l - long_options; + else + l++; + if (name == NULL) + return l - long_options; + else + return -1; +} + + +/* The state of a `group' during parsing. Each group corresponds to a + particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top + level argp passed to argp_parse. */ +struct group +{ + /* This group's parsing function. */ + argp_parser_t parser; + + /* Which argp this group is from. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short + options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a + particular short options is from. */ + char *short_end; + + /* The number of non-option args sucessfully handled by this parser. */ + unsigned args_processed; + + /* This group's parser's parent's group. */ + struct group *parent; + unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */ + + /* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when + calling this group's parser. */ + void *input, **child_inputs; + void *hook; +}; + +/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info + from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has + no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */ +static error_t +group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg) +{ + if (group->parser) + { + error_t err; + state->hook = group->hook; + state->input = group->input; + state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs; + state->arg_num = group->args_processed; + err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state); + group->hook = state->hook; + return err; + } + else + return EBADKEY; +} + +struct parser +{ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the + groups of options. */ + char *short_opts; + /* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of + all the groups of options. */ + struct option *long_opts; + /* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */ + struct _getopt_data opt_data; + + /* States of the various parsing groups. */ + struct group *groups; + /* The end of the GROUPS array. */ + struct group *egroup; + /* An vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */ + void **child_inputs; + + /* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then + remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is + cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user + moves the next argument pointer backwards. */ + int try_getopt; + + /* State block supplied to parsing routines. */ + struct argp_state state; + + /* Memory used by this parser. */ + void *storage; +}; + +/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by + convert_options. */ +struct parser_convert_state +{ + struct parser *parser; + char *short_end; + struct option *long_end; + void **child_inputs_end; +}; + +/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors + into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and + CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the + next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */ +static struct group * +convert_options (const struct argp *argp, + struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index, + struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt) +{ + /* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */ + const struct argp_option *real = argp->options; + const struct argp_child *children = argp->children; + + if (real || argp->parser) + { + const struct argp_option *opt; + + if (real) + for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++) + { + if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS)) + /* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */ + real = opt; + + if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC)) + /* A real option (not just documentation). */ + { + if (__option_is_short (opt)) + /* OPT can be used as a short option. */ + { + *cvt->short_end++ = opt->key; + if (real->arg) + { + *cvt->short_end++ = ':'; + if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + *cvt->short_end++ = ':'; + } + *cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */ + } + + if (opt->name + && find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0) + /* OPT can be used as a long option. */ + { + cvt->long_end->name = opt->name; + cvt->long_end->has_arg = + (real->arg + ? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL + ? optional_argument + : required_argument) + : no_argument); + cvt->long_end->flag = 0; + /* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's + values (which is removed before we actually call + the function to parse the value); this means that + the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his + values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved + however)... */ + cvt->long_end->val = + ((opt->key ? opt->key : real->key) & USER_MASK) + + (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS); + + /* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */ + (++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL; + } + } + } + + group->parser = argp->parser; + group->argp = argp; + group->short_end = cvt->short_end; + group->args_processed = 0; + group->parent = parent; + group->parent_index = parent_index; + group->input = 0; + group->hook = 0; + group->child_inputs = 0; + + if (children) + /* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from + CVT->child_inputs_end.*/ + { + unsigned num_children = 0; + while (children[num_children].argp) + num_children++; + group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end; + cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children; + } + + parent = group++; + } + else + parent = 0; + + if (children) + { + unsigned index = 0; + while (children->argp) + group = + convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt); + } + + return group; +} + +/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropiately prefixed. */ +static void +parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags) +{ + struct parser_convert_state cvt; + + cvt.parser = parser; + cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts; + cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts; + cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs; + + if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER) + *cvt.short_end++ = '-'; + else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) + *cvt.short_end++ = '+'; + *cvt.short_end = '\0'; + + cvt.long_end->name = NULL; + + parser->argp = argp; + + if (argp) + parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt); + else + parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */ +} + +/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */ +struct parser_sizes +{ + size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */ + size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */ + size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */ + size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */ +}; + +/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of + argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by + the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and + long-options array, respectively. */ +static void +calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs) +{ + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options; + + if (opt || argp->parser) + { + szs->num_groups++; + if (opt) + { + int num_opts = 0; + while (!__option_is_end (opt++)) + num_opts++; + szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 `:'s */ + szs->long_len += num_opts; + } + } + + if (child) + while (child->argp) + { + calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs); + szs->num_child_inputs++; + } +} + +/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */ +static error_t +parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, + int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input) +{ + error_t err = 0; + struct group *group; + struct parser_sizes szs; + struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER; + char *storage; + size_t glen, gsum; + size_t clen, csum; + size_t llen, lsum; + size_t slen, ssum; + + szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1; + szs.long_len = 0; + szs.num_groups = 0; + szs.num_child_inputs = 0; + + if (argp) + calc_sizes (argp, &szs); + + /* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */ + glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group); + clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *); + llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option); + slen = szs.short_len + 1; + + /* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to + align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as + void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need + to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as + strictly as char. */ + gsum = glen; + csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option)); + lsum = csum + llen; + ssum = lsum + slen; + + parser->storage = malloc (ssum); + if (! parser->storage) + return ENOMEM; + + storage = parser->storage; + parser->groups = parser->storage; + parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum); + parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum); + parser->short_opts = storage + lsum; + parser->opt_data = opt_data; + + memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen); + parser_convert (parser, argp, flags); + + memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state)); + parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp; + parser->state.argc = argc; + parser->state.argv = argv; + parser->state.flags = flags; + parser->state.err_stream = stderr; + parser->state.out_stream = stdout; + parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */ + parser->state.pstate = parser; + + parser->try_getopt = 1; + + /* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate + values to child parsers. */ + if (parser->groups < parser->egroup) + parser->groups->input = input; + for (group = parser->groups; + group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY); + group++) + { + if (group->parent) + /* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */ + group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index]; + + if (!group->parser + && group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp) + /* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an + argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just + makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */ + group->child_inputs[0] = group->input; + + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0); + } + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */ + + if (err) + return err; + + if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS) + { + parser->opt_data.opterr = 0; + if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0) + /* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long + as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */ + parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++; + } + else + parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */ + + if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0]) + /* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */ + parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]); + else + parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name (); + + return 0; +} + +/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */ +static error_t +parser_finalize (struct parser *parser, + error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index) +{ + struct group *group; + + if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey) + /* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */ + err = 0; + + if (! err) + { + if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc) + /* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again, + just a few more times... */ + { + for (group = parser->groups; + group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY); + group++) + if (group->args_processed == 0) + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0); + for (group = parser->egroup - 1; + group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY); + group--) + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */ + + /* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */ + if (end_index) + *end_index = parser->state.next; + } + else if (end_index) + /* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */ + *end_index = parser->state.next; + else + /* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */ + { + if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS) + && parser->state.err_stream) + fprintf (parser->state.err_stream, + dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, + "%s: Too many arguments\n"), + parser->state.name); + err = EBADKEY; + } + } + + /* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers + to indicate which one. */ + + if (err) + { + /* Maybe print an error message. */ + if (err == EBADKEY) + /* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have + been printed earlier. */ + __argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream, + ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR); + + /* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */ + for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++) + group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0); + } + else + /* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */ + { + /* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are + given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to + the parent. */ + for (group = parser->egroup - 1 + ; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY) + ; group--) + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0); + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */ + } + + /* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */ + for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--) + group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = EINVAL; + + free (parser->storage); + + return err; +} + +/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current + position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have + been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will + adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being + consumed. */ +static error_t +parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val) +{ + /* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg + we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */ + int index = --parser->state.next; + error_t err = EBADKEY; + struct group *group; + int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */ + + /* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */ + for (group = parser->groups + ; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY + ; group++) + { + parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */ + key = ARGP_KEY_ARG; + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + /* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */ + { + parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */ + key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS; + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0); + } + } + + if (! err) + { + if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS) + /* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't + changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered + consumed. */ + parser->state.next = parser->state.argc; + + if (parser->state.next > index) + /* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option + argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set + the clock back. */ + (--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index); + else + /* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */ + parser->try_getopt = 1; + } + + return err; +} + +/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the + current position, returning any error. */ +static error_t +parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val) +{ + /* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or + group_number + 1 for long opts. */ + int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS; + error_t err = EBADKEY; + + if (group_key == 0) + /* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the + various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can + determine which group OPT came from. */ + { + struct group *group; + char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt); + + if (short_index) + for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++) + if (group->short_end > short_index) + { + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt, + parser->opt_data.optarg); + break; + } + } + else + /* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting + the user value in order to preserve the sign. */ + err = + group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state, + (opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS, + parser->opt_data.optarg); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + /* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the + parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal + with each option. */ + { + static const char bad_key_err[] = + N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?"); + if (group_key == 0) + __argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt, + dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err)); + else + { + struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts; + while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name) + long_opt++; + __argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s", + long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???", + dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err)); + } + } + + return err; +} + +/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next). + Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates + whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is + generally not fatal). */ +static error_t +parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey) +{ + int opt; + error_t err = 0; + + if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted) + /* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted + region, so pretend we never saw the quoting `--', and give getopt + another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just + process it again. */ + parser->state.quoted = 0; + + if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted) + /* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */ + { + /* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */ + parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next; + /* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */ + parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END; + if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY) + opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv, + parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0, + &parser->opt_data); + else + opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv, + parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0, + &parser->opt_data); + /* And see what getopt did. */ + parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind; + + if (opt == KEY_END) + /* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using + getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */ + { + parser->try_getopt = 0; + if (parser->state.next > 1 + && strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE) + == 0) + /* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a + `quoted' region, which may have args that *look* like + options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past + here, whatever happens. */ + parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next; + } + else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END) + /* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short + option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT + to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */ + { + *arg_ebadkey = 0; + return EBADKEY; + } + } + else + opt = KEY_END; + + if (opt == KEY_END) + { + /* We're past what getopt considers the options. */ + if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc + || (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)) + /* Indicate that we're done. */ + { + *arg_ebadkey = 1; + return EBADKEY; + } + else + /* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */ + { + opt = KEY_ARG; + parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++]; + } + } + + if (opt == KEY_ARG) + /* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */ + err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg); + else + err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + *arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG); + + return err; +} + +/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP. + FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the + index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an + unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine + returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */ +error_t +__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags, + int *end_index, void *input) +{ + error_t err; + struct parser parser; + + /* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing + to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */ + int arg_ebadkey = 0; + +#ifndef _LIBC + if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)) + { +#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME + if (!program_invocation_name) + program_invocation_name = argv[0]; +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME + if (!program_invocation_short_name) + program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]); +#endif + } +#endif + + if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP)) + /* Add our own options. */ + { + struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child)); + struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp)); + + /* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default + argps. */ + memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp)); + top_argp->children = child; + + memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child)); + + if (argp) + (child++)->argp = argp; + (child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp; + if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook) + (child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp; + child->argp = 0; + + argp = top_argp; + } + + /* Construct a parser for these arguments. */ + err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input); + + if (! err) + /* Parse! */ + { + while (! err) + err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey); + err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index); + } + + return err; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse) +#endif + +/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used + by the help routines. */ +void * +__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state) +{ + if (state) + { + struct group *group; + struct parser *parser = state->pstate; + + for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++) + if (group->argp == argp) + return group->input; + } + + return 0; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input) +#endif diff --git a/gnulib/argp-pin.c b/gnulib/argp-pin.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eda4d958e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-pin.c @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* Full and short program names for argp module + Copyright (C) 2005, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +char *program_invocation_short_name = 0; +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME +char *program_invocation_name = 0; +#endif + diff --git a/gnulib/argp-pv.c b/gnulib/argp-pv.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3227d322 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-pv.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. + Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option + --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will + print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the + ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */ +const char *argp_program_version +/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into + BSS is sufficient. Not so on MacOS X 10.3 and 10.4, see + + . */ +#if defined __ELF__ + /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */ +#else + = (const char *) 0 +#endif + ; diff --git a/gnulib/argp-pvh.c b/gnulib/argp-pvh.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb98fc21c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-pvh.c @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. + Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include "argp.h" + +/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option + --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls + this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the + current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is + used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */ +void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL; diff --git a/gnulib/argp-version-etc.c b/gnulib/argp-version-etc.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f500a8f56 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-version-etc.c @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* Version hook for Argp. + Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static const char *program_canonical_name; +static const char * const *program_authors; + +static void +version_etc_hook (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) +{ + version_etc_ar (stream, program_canonical_name, PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION, + program_authors); +} + +void +argp_version_setup (const char *name, const char * const *authors) +{ + argp_program_version_hook = version_etc_hook; + program_canonical_name = name; + program_authors = authors; +} diff --git a/gnulib/argp-version-etc.h b/gnulib/argp-version-etc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c12c0181 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-version-etc.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* Version hook for Argp. + Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifndef _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H +#define _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Setup standard display of the version information for the `--version' + option. NAME is the canonical program name, and AUTHORS is a NULL- + terminated array of author names. At least one author name must be + given. + + If NAME is NULL, the package name (as given by the PACKAGE macro) + is asumed to be the name of the program. + + This function is intended to be called before argp_parse(). +*/ +extern void argp_version_setup (const char *name, const char * const *authors); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H */ diff --git a/gnulib/argp-xinl.c b/gnulib/argp-xinl.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e7e20bba --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp-xinl.c @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h + Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H +# include +#endif + +#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES +# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1 +#endif +#define ARGP_EI +#undef __OPTIMIZE__ +#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1 +#include "argp.h" + +/* Add weak aliases. */ +#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias) + +weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage) +weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short) +weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end) + +#endif diff --git a/gnulib/argp.h b/gnulib/argp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3667224a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/argp.h @@ -0,0 +1,645 @@ +/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2003-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader . + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifndef _ARGP_H +#define _ARGP_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define __need_error_t +#include + +#ifndef __THROW +# define __THROW +#endif +#ifndef __NTH +# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW +#endif + +#ifndef __attribute__ +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are + accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. + We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because + gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override + the 'printf' function. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) +# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ +# endif +#endif + +/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have + "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict". + Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and + 'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */ +#ifndef __restrict +# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) +# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ +# define __restrict restrict +# else +# define __restrict +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef __error_t_defined +typedef int error_t; +# define __error_t_defined +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of + these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option + entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more + names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option + array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */ +struct argp_option +{ + /* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you + can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */ + const char *name; + + /* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's + also accepted as a short option. */ + int key; + + /* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this + option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */ + const char *arg; + + /* OPTION_ flags. */ + int flags; + + /* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string + will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it + useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its + group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a `:'. + + Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect + it into a POT file. */ + const char *doc; + + /* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted + alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order + 0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with + if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or + zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both + 0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic + options such as --help are put into group -1. */ + int group; +}; + +/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */ +#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1 + +/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */ +#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2 + +/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This + means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit + fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */ +#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4 + +/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the + actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that + should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag + is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no `--' + prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally + be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME + field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see + below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is + ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not `-', this + entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading + `-') in the same group. */ +#define OPTION_DOC 0x8 + +/* This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still + included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are + completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including + the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance, + if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the `-x' option's purpose is to + distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked + OPTION_NO_USAGE. */ +#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10 + +/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation + of option name. */ +#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20 + + +struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */ +struct argp_state; /* " */ +struct argp_child; /* " */ + +/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */ +typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg, + struct argp_state *state); + +/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such + returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned + into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated + back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result + in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */ +#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */ + +/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function. + ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood. + + The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each + uppercased word should be prefixed by `ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key): + + INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all + or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed + or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized + + The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an + argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the + unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping + with an error message if not). + + If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing + function returned an error value), then the parser is called with + ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */ + +/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a + parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the + ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the + argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's + passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to + actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it + processed again. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0 +/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found + starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but + STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume, + otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments + consumed. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006 +/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001 +/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't + any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't + successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before + ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed + arguments can take place). */ +#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002 +/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each + element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is + copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003 +/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007 +/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are + still arguments remaining). */ +#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004 +/* Passed in if an error occurs. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005 + +/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to + deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child + argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually + parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp + structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts + being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */ +struct argp +{ + /* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both + NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */ + const struct argp_option *options; + + /* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key + associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if + none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be + returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then + parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from + argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the + ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */ + argp_parser_t parser; + + /* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It + is only used by argp_usage to print the `Usage:' message. If it + contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered + alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after + the first are prefix by ` or: ' instead of `Usage:'). */ + const char *args_doc; + + /* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and + after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab + `\v' character). + Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if + you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */ + const char *doc; + + /* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0 + argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any + conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the + CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply + their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your + own. */ + const struct argp_child *children; + + /* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help + messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is + that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_ + defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function + should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement + string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL, + meaning `print nothing'. The value for TEXT is *after* any translation + has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation, + that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input + supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */ + char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input); + + /* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using + the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed + default domain is used. */ + const char *argp_domain; +}; + +/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceeding options. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation; + TEXT is NULL for this key. */ +/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been + suppressed. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005 +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */ + +/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of + argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */ +struct argp_child +{ + /* The child parser. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* Flags for this child. */ + int flags; + + /* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the + child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child + options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually + printing a header string, use a value of "". */ + const char *header; + + /* Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated') + options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field + in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at + a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then + they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options + (merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */ + int group; +}; + +/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp, + which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */ +struct argp_state +{ + /* The top level ARGP being parsed. */ + const struct argp *root_argp; + + /* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */ + int argc; + char **argv; + + /* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */ + int next; + + /* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */ + unsigned flags; + + /* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the + number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each + such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such + arguments that have been processed. */ + unsigned arg_num; + + /* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special + `--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an + option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */ + int quoted; + + /* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */ + void *input; + /* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as + the number of children for the current parser. */ + void **child_inputs; + + /* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */ + void *hook; + + /* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0], + or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */ + char *name; + + /* Streams used when argp prints something. */ + FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */ + FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */ + + void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */ +}; + +/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are + convenient for program command line parsing): */ + +/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless + ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is + skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name + in a command line. */ +#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01 + +/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag + is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program + name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the + assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */ +#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02 + +/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by + calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg + as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to + handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error + other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the + argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all + args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one + last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set, + as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't + be handled. */ +#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04 + +/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command + line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */ +#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08 + +/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and + option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */ +#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10 + +/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */ +#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20 + +/* Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments. */ +#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40 + +/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */ +#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP) + +/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP. + FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the + index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an + unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser + routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is + returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag + is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */ +extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/, + unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index, + void *__restrict __input); +extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/, + unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index, + void *__restrict __input); + +/* Global variables. */ + +/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and + program_invocation_short_name are available */ +#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME +extern char *program_invocation_name; +# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME +# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1 +#endif + +#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +extern char *program_invocation_short_name; +# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1 +#endif + +/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default + option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which + will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the + ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */ +extern const char *argp_program_version; + +/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default + option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which + calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to + the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is + used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */ +extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream, + struct argp_state *__restrict + __state); + +/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is + the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by + argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various + standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like + `Report bugs to ADDR.'. */ +extern const char *argp_program_bug_address; + +/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error. + If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from + . */ +extern error_t argp_err_exit_status; + +/* Flags for argp_help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a `Try ... for more help' message. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC) +#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */ +#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to + reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */ + +/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */ + +/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an + error message has already been printed. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \ + (ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR) +/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no + more specific error message has been printed. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \ + (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR) +/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \ + (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \ + | ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR) + +/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set + ARGP_HELP_*. */ +extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + FILE *__restrict __stream, + unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name); +extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags, + char *__name); + +/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp + parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first + argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending + on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for + them *not* to exit, and should return an appropiate error after calling + them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_..., + but they're used often enough that they should be short] */ + +/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are + from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */ +extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + FILE *__restrict __stream, + unsigned int __flags); +extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + FILE *__restrict __stream, + unsigned int __flags); + +#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES +/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */ +extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state); +extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state); +#endif + +/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded + by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help' + message, then exit (1). */ +extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3))); +extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3))); + +/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will + respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print + to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is + shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime + option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The + difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for + *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during + parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */ +extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + int __status, int __errnum, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5))); +extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + int __status, int __errnum, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5))); + +#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES +/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */ +extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; +extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; + +/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an + options array. */ +extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; +extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; +#endif + +/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used + by the help routines. */ +extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + const struct argp_state *__restrict __state) + __THROW; +extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + const struct argp_state *__restrict __state) + __THROW; + +#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES + +# if !_LIBC +# define __argp_usage argp_usage +# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help +# define __option_is_short _option_is_short +# define __option_is_end _option_is_end +# endif + +# ifndef ARGP_EI +# ifdef __GNUC__ + /* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99 + inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro + __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro + __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation. + GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline + semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used: + warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89 + warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute + It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation. */ +# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ +# define ARGP_EI __inline__ +# elif defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ +# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__ __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)) +# else +# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__ +# endif +# else + /* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if + the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */ +# define ARGP_EI inline +# endif +# endif + +ARGP_EI void +__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state) +{ + __argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE); +} + +ARGP_EI int +__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt)) +{ + if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC) + return 0; + else + { + int __key = __opt->key; + return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key); + } +} + +ARGP_EI int +__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt)) +{ + return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group; +} + +# if !_LIBC +# undef __argp_usage +# undef __argp_state_help +# undef __option_is_short +# undef __option_is_end +# endif +#endif /* Use extern inlines. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* argp.h */ diff --git a/gnulib/regcomp.c b/gnulib/regcomp.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7eff56925 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/regcomp.c @@ -0,0 +1,3877 @@ +/* Extended regular expression matching and search library. + Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free + Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa . + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +static reg_errcode_t re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern, + size_t length, reg_syntax_t syntax); +static void re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp, + const re_dfastate_t *init_state, + char *fastmap); +static reg_errcode_t init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static void free_charset (re_charset_t *cset); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +static void free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg); +static reg_errcode_t create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static void optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa); +#endif +static reg_errcode_t analyze (regex_t *preg); +static reg_errcode_t preorder (bin_tree_t *root, + reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)), + void *extra); +static reg_errcode_t postorder (bin_tree_t *root, + reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)), + void *extra); +static reg_errcode_t optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node); +static reg_errcode_t lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node); +static bin_tree_t *lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg, + bin_tree_t *node); +static reg_errcode_t calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node); +static reg_errcode_t calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node); +static reg_errcode_t link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node); +static Idx duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint); +static Idx search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node, + unsigned int constraint); +static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa); +static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa, + Idx node, bool root); +static reg_errcode_t calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa); +static Idx fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token, + reg_syntax_t syntax); +static int peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, + reg_syntax_t syntax) internal_function; +static bin_tree_t *parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, + reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err); +static bin_tree_t *parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, + re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, + Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err); +static bin_tree_t *parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, + re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, + Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err); +static bin_tree_t *parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, + re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, + Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err); +static bin_tree_t *parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, + re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, + Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err); +static bin_tree_t *parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *dup_elem, re_string_t *regexp, + re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token, + reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err); +static bin_tree_t *parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, + reg_errcode_t *err); +static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem, + re_string_t *regexp, + re_token_t *token, int token_len, + re_dfa_t *dfa, + reg_syntax_t syntax, + bool accept_hyphen); +static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem, + re_string_t *regexp, + re_token_t *token); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, + re_charset_t *mbcset, + Idx *equiv_class_alloc, + const unsigned char *name); +static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, + bitset_t sbcset, + re_charset_t *mbcset, + Idx *char_class_alloc, + const unsigned char *class_name, + reg_syntax_t syntax); +#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, + const unsigned char *name); +static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, + bitset_t sbcset, + const unsigned char *class_name, + reg_syntax_t syntax); +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +static bin_tree_t *build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa, + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, + const unsigned char *class_name, + const unsigned char *extra, + bool non_match, reg_errcode_t *err); +static bin_tree_t *create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, + bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right, + re_token_type_t type); +static bin_tree_t *create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, + bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right, + const re_token_t *token); +static bin_tree_t *duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *src, re_dfa_t *dfa); +static void free_token (re_token_t *node); +static reg_errcode_t free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node); +static reg_errcode_t mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node); + +/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed + in regex.h. Obviously the order here has to be same as there. + POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR, + but why not be nice? */ + +static const char __re_error_msgid[] = + { +#define REG_NOERROR_IDX 0 + gettext_noop ("Success") /* REG_NOERROR */ + "\0" +#define REG_NOMATCH_IDX (REG_NOERROR_IDX + sizeof "Success") + gettext_noop ("No match") /* REG_NOMATCH */ + "\0" +#define REG_BADPAT_IDX (REG_NOMATCH_IDX + sizeof "No match") + gettext_noop ("Invalid regular expression") /* REG_BADPAT */ + "\0" +#define REG_ECOLLATE_IDX (REG_BADPAT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid regular expression") + gettext_noop ("Invalid collation character") /* REG_ECOLLATE */ + "\0" +#define REG_ECTYPE_IDX (REG_ECOLLATE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid collation character") + gettext_noop ("Invalid character class name") /* REG_ECTYPE */ + "\0" +#define REG_EESCAPE_IDX (REG_ECTYPE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid character class name") + gettext_noop ("Trailing backslash") /* REG_EESCAPE */ + "\0" +#define REG_ESUBREG_IDX (REG_EESCAPE_IDX + sizeof "Trailing backslash") + gettext_noop ("Invalid back reference") /* REG_ESUBREG */ + "\0" +#define REG_EBRACK_IDX (REG_ESUBREG_IDX + sizeof "Invalid back reference") + gettext_noop ("Unmatched [ or [^") /* REG_EBRACK */ + "\0" +#define REG_EPAREN_IDX (REG_EBRACK_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched [ or [^") + gettext_noop ("Unmatched ( or \\(") /* REG_EPAREN */ + "\0" +#define REG_EBRACE_IDX (REG_EPAREN_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched ( or \\(") + gettext_noop ("Unmatched \\{") /* REG_EBRACE */ + "\0" +#define REG_BADBR_IDX (REG_EBRACE_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched \\{") + gettext_noop ("Invalid content of \\{\\}") /* REG_BADBR */ + "\0" +#define REG_ERANGE_IDX (REG_BADBR_IDX + sizeof "Invalid content of \\{\\}") + gettext_noop ("Invalid range end") /* REG_ERANGE */ + "\0" +#define REG_ESPACE_IDX (REG_ERANGE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid range end") + gettext_noop ("Memory exhausted") /* REG_ESPACE */ + "\0" +#define REG_BADRPT_IDX (REG_ESPACE_IDX + sizeof "Memory exhausted") + gettext_noop ("Invalid preceding regular expression") /* REG_BADRPT */ + "\0" +#define REG_EEND_IDX (REG_BADRPT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid preceding regular expression") + gettext_noop ("Premature end of regular expression") /* REG_EEND */ + "\0" +#define REG_ESIZE_IDX (REG_EEND_IDX + sizeof "Premature end of regular expression") + gettext_noop ("Regular expression too big") /* REG_ESIZE */ + "\0" +#define REG_ERPAREN_IDX (REG_ESIZE_IDX + sizeof "Regular expression too big") + gettext_noop ("Unmatched ) or \\)") /* REG_ERPAREN */ + }; + +static const size_t __re_error_msgid_idx[] = + { + REG_NOERROR_IDX, + REG_NOMATCH_IDX, + REG_BADPAT_IDX, + REG_ECOLLATE_IDX, + REG_ECTYPE_IDX, + REG_EESCAPE_IDX, + REG_ESUBREG_IDX, + REG_EBRACK_IDX, + REG_EPAREN_IDX, + REG_EBRACE_IDX, + REG_BADBR_IDX, + REG_ERANGE_IDX, + REG_ESPACE_IDX, + REG_BADRPT_IDX, + REG_EEND_IDX, + REG_ESIZE_IDX, + REG_ERPAREN_IDX + }; + +/* Entry points for GNU code. */ + +/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it + compiles PATTERN (of length LENGTH) and puts the result in BUFP. + Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string. + + Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' fields + are set in BUFP on entry. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +const char * +re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp) + const char *pattern; + size_t length; + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; +#else /* size_t might promote */ +const char * +re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern, size_t length, + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp) +#endif +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + + /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information + by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by + setting no_sub, unless RE_NO_SUB is set. */ + bufp->no_sub = !!(re_syntax_options & RE_NO_SUB); + + /* Match anchors at newline. */ + bufp->newline_anchor = 1; + + ret = re_compile_internal (bufp, pattern, length, re_syntax_options); + + if (!ret) + return NULL; + return gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]); +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_compile_pattern, re_compile_pattern) +#endif + +/* Set by `re_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize. Can + also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own + syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations. */ +/* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs + become read-only after dumping. */ +reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options; + + +/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation. This provides + for compatibility for various utilities which historically have + different, incompatible syntaxes. + + The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits + defined in regex.h. We return the old syntax. */ + +reg_syntax_t +re_set_syntax (syntax) + reg_syntax_t syntax; +{ + reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options; + + re_syntax_options = syntax; + return ret; +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_set_syntax, re_set_syntax) +#endif + +int +re_compile_fastmap (bufp) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) bufp->buffer; + char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap; + + memset (fastmap, '\0', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX); + re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state, fastmap); + if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_word) + re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_word, fastmap); + if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_nl) + re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_nl, fastmap); + if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_begbuf) + re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_begbuf, fastmap); + bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1; + return 0; +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_compile_fastmap, re_compile_fastmap) +#endif + +static inline void +__attribute ((always_inline)) +re_set_fastmap (char *fastmap, bool icase, int ch) +{ + fastmap[ch] = 1; + if (icase) + fastmap[tolower (ch)] = 1; +} + +/* Helper function for re_compile_fastmap. + Compile fastmap for the initial_state INIT_STATE. */ + +static void +re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp, const re_dfastate_t *init_state, + char *fastmap) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) bufp->buffer; + Idx node_cnt; + bool icase = (dfa->mb_cur_max == 1 && (bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE)); + for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < init_state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt) + { + Idx node = init_state->nodes.elems[node_cnt]; + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type; + + if (type == CHARACTER) + { + re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, dfa->nodes[node].opr.c); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX]; + unsigned char *p; + wchar_t wc; + mbstate_t state; + + p = buf; + *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c; + while (++node < dfa->nodes_len + && dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER + && dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial) + *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state)); + if (__mbrtowc (&wc, (const char *) buf, p - buf, + &state) == p - buf + && (__wcrtomb ((char *) buf, towlower (wc), &state) + != (size_t) -1)) + re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, buf[0]); + } +#endif + } + else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET) + { + int i, ch; + for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i) + { + int j; + bitset_word_t w = dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i]; + for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch) + if (w & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << j)) + re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, ch); + } + } +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + else if (type == COMPLEX_BRACKET) + { + re_charset_t *cset = dfa->nodes[node].opr.mbcset; + Idx i; + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* See if we have to try all bytes which start multiple collation + elements. + e.g. In da_DK, we want to catch 'a' since "aa" is a valid + collation element, and don't catch 'b' since 'b' is + the only collation element which starts from 'b' (and + it is caught by SIMPLE_BRACKET). */ + if (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES) != 0 + && (cset->ncoll_syms || cset->nranges)) + { + const int32_t *table = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB); + for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i) + if (table[i] < 0) + re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, i); + } +# endif /* _LIBC */ + + /* See if we have to start the match at all multibyte characters, + i.e. where we would not find an invalid sequence. This only + applies to multibyte character sets; for single byte character + sets, the SIMPLE_BRACKET again suffices. */ + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 + && (cset->nchar_classes || cset->non_match || cset->nranges +# ifdef _LIBC + || cset->nequiv_classes +# endif /* _LIBC */ + )) + { + unsigned char c = 0; + do + { + mbstate_t mbs; + memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbs)); + if (__mbrtowc (NULL, (char *) &c, 1, &mbs) == (size_t) -2) + re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, (int) c); + } + while (++c != 0); + } + + else + { + /* ... Else catch all bytes which can start the mbchars. */ + for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i) + { + char buf[256]; + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state)); + if (__wcrtomb (buf, cset->mbchars[i], &state) != (size_t) -1) + re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, *(unsigned char *) buf); + if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + if (__wcrtomb (buf, towlower (cset->mbchars[i]), &state) + != (size_t) -1) + re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, *(unsigned char *) buf); + } + } + } + } +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + else if (type == OP_PERIOD +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + || type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + || type == END_OF_RE) + { + memset (fastmap, '\1', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX); + if (type == END_OF_RE) + bufp->can_be_null = 1; + return; + } + } +} + +/* Entry point for POSIX code. */ +/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it. + + PREG is a regex_t *. We do not expect any fields to be initialized, + since POSIX says we shouldn't. Thus, we set + + `buffer' to the compiled pattern; + `used' to the length of the compiled pattern; + `syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the + REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to + RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC; + `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS; + `fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap; + `fastmap_accurate' to zero; + `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN. + + PATTERN is the address of the pattern string. + + CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation. + + If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we + use POSIX basic syntax. + + If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline. + Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline. + + If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase + versions of letters to be equivalent when matching. + + If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that + routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the + registers. + + It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't. (See regex.h for + the return codes and their meanings.) */ + +int +regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags) + regex_t *_Restrict_ preg; + const char *_Restrict_ pattern; + int cflags; +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + reg_syntax_t syntax = ((cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ? RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED + : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC); + + preg->buffer = NULL; + preg->allocated = 0; + preg->used = 0; + + /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap. */ + preg->fastmap = re_malloc (char, SBC_MAX); + if (BE (preg->fastmap == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + syntax |= (cflags & REG_ICASE) ? RE_ICASE : 0; + + /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently. */ + if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE) + { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline. */ + syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE; + syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE; + /* It also changes the matching behavior. */ + preg->newline_anchor = 1; + } + else + preg->newline_anchor = 0; + preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB); + preg->translate = NULL; + + ret = re_compile_internal (preg, pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax); + + /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an + unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN. */ + if (ret == REG_ERPAREN) + ret = REG_EPAREN; + + /* We have already checked preg->fastmap != NULL. */ + if (BE (ret == REG_NOERROR, 1)) + /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern + buffer. This function never fails in this implementation. */ + (void) re_compile_fastmap (preg); + else + { + /* Some error occurred while compiling the expression. */ + re_free (preg->fastmap); + preg->fastmap = NULL; + } + + return (int) ret; +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__regcomp, regcomp) +#endif + +/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned + from either regcomp or regexec. We don't use PREG here. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +size_t +regerror (errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) + int errcode; + const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg; + char *_Restrict_ errbuf; + size_t errbuf_size; +#else /* size_t might promote */ +size_t +regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg, + char *_Restrict_ errbuf, size_t errbuf_size) +#endif +{ + const char *msg; + size_t msg_size; + + if (BE (errcode < 0 + || errcode >= (int) (sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx) + / sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx[0])), 0)) + /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed + to this routine. If we are given anything else, or if other regex + code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug. + Dump core so we can fix it. */ + abort (); + + msg = gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]); + + msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null. */ + + if (BE (errbuf_size != 0, 1)) + { + size_t cpy_size = msg_size; + if (BE (msg_size > errbuf_size, 0)) + { + cpy_size = errbuf_size - 1; + errbuf[cpy_size] = '\0'; + } + memcpy (errbuf, msg, cpy_size); + } + + return msg_size; +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__regerror, regerror) +#endif + + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +/* This static array is used for the map to single-byte characters when + UTF-8 is used. Otherwise we would allocate memory just to initialize + it the same all the time. UTF-8 is the preferred encoding so this is + a worthwhile optimization. */ +static const bitset_t utf8_sb_map = +{ + /* Set the first 128 bits. */ +# if 4 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS +# error "bitset_word_t is narrower than 32 bits" +# elif 3 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS + BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX, +# elif 2 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS + BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX, +# elif 1 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS + BITSET_WORD_MAX, +# endif + (BITSET_WORD_MAX + >> (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0 + ? 0 + : BITSET_WORD_BITS - SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) +}; +#endif + + +static void +free_dfa_content (re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + Idx i, j; + + if (dfa->nodes) + for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i) + free_token (dfa->nodes + i); + re_free (dfa->nexts); + for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i) + { + if (dfa->eclosures != NULL) + re_node_set_free (dfa->eclosures + i); + if (dfa->inveclosures != NULL) + re_node_set_free (dfa->inveclosures + i); + if (dfa->edests != NULL) + re_node_set_free (dfa->edests + i); + } + re_free (dfa->edests); + re_free (dfa->eclosures); + re_free (dfa->inveclosures); + re_free (dfa->nodes); + + if (dfa->state_table) + for (i = 0; i <= dfa->state_hash_mask; ++i) + { + struct re_state_table_entry *entry = dfa->state_table + i; + for (j = 0; j < entry->num; ++j) + { + re_dfastate_t *state = entry->array[j]; + free_state (state); + } + re_free (entry->array); + } + re_free (dfa->state_table); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->sb_char != utf8_sb_map) + re_free (dfa->sb_char); +#endif + re_free (dfa->subexp_map); +#ifdef DEBUG + re_free (dfa->re_str); +#endif + + re_free (dfa); +} + + +/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG. */ + +void +regfree (preg) + regex_t *preg; +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + if (BE (dfa != NULL, 1)) + free_dfa_content (dfa); + preg->buffer = NULL; + preg->allocated = 0; + + re_free (preg->fastmap); + preg->fastmap = NULL; + + re_free (preg->translate); + preg->translate = NULL; +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__regfree, regfree) +#endif + +/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library. We don't define + them unless specifically requested. */ + +#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC + +/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer. */ +static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf; + +char * +# ifdef _LIBC +/* Make these definitions weak in libc, so POSIX programs can redefine + these names if they don't use our functions, and still use + regcomp/regexec above without link errors. */ +weak_function +# endif +re_comp (s) + const char *s; +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + char *fastmap; + + if (!s) + { + if (!re_comp_buf.buffer) + return gettext ("No previous regular expression"); + return 0; + } + + if (re_comp_buf.buffer) + { + fastmap = re_comp_buf.fastmap; + re_comp_buf.fastmap = NULL; + __regfree (&re_comp_buf); + memset (&re_comp_buf, '\0', sizeof (re_comp_buf)); + re_comp_buf.fastmap = fastmap; + } + + if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL) + { + re_comp_buf.fastmap = (char *) malloc (SBC_MAX); + if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL) + return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid + + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]); + } + + /* Since `re_exec' always passes NULL for the `regs' argument, we + don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it. */ + + /* Match anchors at newlines. */ + re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1; + + ret = re_compile_internal (&re_comp_buf, s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options); + + if (!ret) + return NULL; + + /* Yes, we're discarding `const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL. */ + return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + __regfree (&re_comp_buf); +} +#endif + +#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */ + +/* Internal entry point. + Compile the regular expression PATTERN, whose length is LENGTH. + SYNTAX indicate regular expression's syntax. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern, size_t length, + reg_syntax_t syntax) +{ + reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR; + re_dfa_t *dfa; + re_string_t regexp; + + /* Initialize the pattern buffer. */ + preg->fastmap_accurate = 0; + preg->syntax = syntax; + preg->not_bol = preg->not_eol = 0; + preg->used = 0; + preg->re_nsub = 0; + preg->can_be_null = 0; + preg->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED; + + /* Initialize the dfa. */ + dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + if (BE (preg->allocated < sizeof (re_dfa_t), 0)) + { + /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc + enough space. This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but + that is the user's responsibility. If ->buffer is NULL this + is a simple allocation. */ + dfa = re_realloc (preg->buffer, re_dfa_t, 1); + if (dfa == NULL) + return REG_ESPACE; + preg->allocated = sizeof (re_dfa_t); + preg->buffer = (unsigned char *) dfa; + } + preg->used = sizeof (re_dfa_t); + + err = init_dfa (dfa, length); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + free_dfa_content (dfa); + preg->buffer = NULL; + preg->allocated = 0; + return err; + } +#ifdef DEBUG + /* Note: length+1 will not overflow since it is checked in init_dfa. */ + dfa->re_str = re_malloc (char, length + 1); + strncpy (dfa->re_str, pattern, length + 1); +#endif + + __libc_lock_init (dfa->lock); + + err = re_string_construct (®exp, pattern, length, preg->translate, + (syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0, dfa); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_compile_internal_free_return: + free_workarea_compile (preg); + re_string_destruct (®exp); + free_dfa_content (dfa); + preg->buffer = NULL; + preg->allocated = 0; + return err; + } + + /* Parse the regular expression, and build a structure tree. */ + preg->re_nsub = 0; + dfa->str_tree = parse (®exp, preg, syntax, &err); + if (BE (dfa->str_tree == NULL, 0)) + goto re_compile_internal_free_return; + + /* Analyze the tree and create the nfa. */ + err = analyze (preg); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto re_compile_internal_free_return; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* If possible, do searching in single byte encoding to speed things up. */ + if (dfa->is_utf8 && !(syntax & RE_ICASE) && preg->translate == NULL) + optimize_utf8 (dfa); +#endif + + /* Then create the initial state of the dfa. */ + err = create_initial_state (dfa); + + /* Release work areas. */ + free_workarea_compile (preg); + re_string_destruct (®exp); + + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + free_dfa_content (dfa); + preg->buffer = NULL; + preg->allocated = 0; + } + + return err; +} + +/* Initialize DFA. We use the length of the regular expression PAT_LEN + as the initial length of some arrays. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len) +{ + __re_size_t table_size; +#ifndef _LIBC + char *codeset_name; +#endif +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + size_t max_i18n_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wchar_t), sizeof (wctype_t)); +#else + size_t max_i18n_object_size = 0; +#endif + size_t max_object_size = + MAX (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry), + MAX (sizeof (re_token_t), + MAX (sizeof (re_node_set), + MAX (sizeof (regmatch_t), + max_i18n_object_size)))); + + memset (dfa, '\0', sizeof (re_dfa_t)); + + /* Force allocation of str_tree_storage the first time. */ + dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE; + + /* Avoid overflows. The extra "/ 2" is for the table_size doubling + calculation below, and for similar doubling calculations + elsewhere. And it's <= rather than <, because some of the + doubling calculations add 1 afterwards. */ + if (BE (SIZE_MAX / max_object_size / 2 <= pat_len, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + dfa->nodes_alloc = pat_len + 1; + dfa->nodes = re_malloc (re_token_t, dfa->nodes_alloc); + + /* table_size = 2 ^ ceil(log pat_len) */ + for (table_size = 1; ; table_size <<= 1) + if (table_size > pat_len) + break; + + dfa->state_table = calloc (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry), table_size); + dfa->state_hash_mask = table_size - 1; + + dfa->mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX; +#ifdef _LIBC + if (dfa->mb_cur_max == 6 + && strcmp (_NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME), "UTF-8") == 0) + dfa->is_utf8 = 1; + dfa->map_notascii = (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_MAP_TO_NONASCII) + != 0); +#else + codeset_name = nl_langinfo (CODESET); + if (strcasecmp (codeset_name, "UTF-8") == 0 + || strcasecmp (codeset_name, "UTF8") == 0) + dfa->is_utf8 = 1; + + /* We check exhaustively in the loop below if this charset is a + superset of ASCII. */ + dfa->map_notascii = 0; +#endif + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + if (dfa->is_utf8) + dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) utf8_sb_map; + else + { + int i, j, ch; + + dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1); + if (BE (dfa->sb_char == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + /* Set the bits corresponding to single byte chars. */ + for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i) + for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch) + { + wint_t wch = __btowc (ch); + if (wch != WEOF) + dfa->sb_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j; +# ifndef _LIBC + if (isascii (ch) && wch != ch) + dfa->map_notascii = 1; +# endif + } + } + } +#endif + + if (BE (dfa->nodes == NULL || dfa->state_table == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Initialize WORD_CHAR table, which indicate which character is + "word". In this case "word" means that it is the word construction + character used by some operators like "\<", "\>", etc. */ + +static void +internal_function +init_word_char (re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + int i, j, ch; + dfa->word_ops_used = 1; + for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i) + for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch) + if (isalnum (ch) || ch == '_') + dfa->word_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j; +} + +/* Free the work area which are only used while compiling. */ + +static void +free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + bin_tree_storage_t *storage, *next; + for (storage = dfa->str_tree_storage; storage; storage = next) + { + next = storage->next; + re_free (storage); + } + dfa->str_tree_storage = NULL; + dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE; + dfa->str_tree = NULL; + re_free (dfa->org_indices); + dfa->org_indices = NULL; +} + +/* Create initial states for all contexts. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + Idx first, i; + reg_errcode_t err; + re_node_set init_nodes; + + /* Initial states have the epsilon closure of the node which is + the first node of the regular expression. */ + first = dfa->str_tree->first->node_idx; + dfa->init_node = first; + err = re_node_set_init_copy (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + first); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + /* The back-references which are in initial states can epsilon transit, + since in this case all of the subexpressions can be null. + Then we add epsilon closures of the nodes which are the next nodes of + the back-references. */ + if (dfa->nbackref > 0) + for (i = 0; i < init_nodes.nelem; ++i) + { + Idx node_idx = init_nodes.elems[i]; + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node_idx].type; + + Idx clexp_idx; + if (type != OP_BACK_REF) + continue; + for (clexp_idx = 0; clexp_idx < init_nodes.nelem; ++clexp_idx) + { + re_token_t *clexp_node; + clexp_node = dfa->nodes + init_nodes.elems[clexp_idx]; + if (clexp_node->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP + && clexp_node->opr.idx == dfa->nodes[node_idx].opr.idx) + break; + } + if (clexp_idx == init_nodes.nelem) + continue; + + if (type == OP_BACK_REF) + { + Idx dest_idx = dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0]; + if (!re_node_set_contains (&init_nodes, dest_idx)) + { + reg_errcode_t merge_err + = re_node_set_merge (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + dest_idx); + if (merge_err != REG_NOERROR) + return merge_err; + i = 0; + } + } + } + + /* It must be the first time to invoke acquire_state. */ + dfa->init_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes, 0); + /* We don't check ERR here, since the initial state must not be NULL. */ + if (BE (dfa->init_state == NULL, 0)) + return err; + if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint) + { + dfa->init_state_word = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes, + CONTEXT_WORD); + dfa->init_state_nl = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes, + CONTEXT_NEWLINE); + dfa->init_state_begbuf = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, + &init_nodes, + CONTEXT_NEWLINE + | CONTEXT_BEGBUF); + if (BE (dfa->init_state_word == NULL || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL + || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL, 0)) + return err; + } + else + dfa->init_state_word = dfa->init_state_nl + = dfa->init_state_begbuf = dfa->init_state; + + re_node_set_free (&init_nodes); + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +/* If it is possible to do searching in single byte encoding instead of UTF-8 + to speed things up, set dfa->mb_cur_max to 1, clear is_utf8 and change + DFA nodes where needed. */ + +static void +optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + Idx node; + int i; + bool mb_chars = false; + bool has_period = false; + + for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node) + switch (dfa->nodes[node].type) + { + case CHARACTER: + if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS) + mb_chars = true; + break; + case ANCHOR: + switch (dfa->nodes[node].opr.ctx_type) + { + case LINE_FIRST: + case LINE_LAST: + case BUF_FIRST: + case BUF_LAST: + break; + default: + /* Word anchors etc. cannot be handled. It's okay to test + opr.ctx_type since constraints (for all DFA nodes) are + created by ORing one or more opr.ctx_type values. */ + return; + } + break; + case OP_PERIOD: + has_period = true; + break; + case OP_BACK_REF: + case OP_ALT: + case END_OF_RE: + case OP_DUP_ASTERISK: + case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP: + case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP: + break; + case COMPLEX_BRACKET: + return; + case SIMPLE_BRACKET: + /* Just double check. */ + { + int rshift = (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0 + ? 0 + : BITSET_WORD_BITS - ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS); + for (i = ASCII_CHARS / BITSET_WORD_BITS; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i) + { + if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i] >> rshift != 0) + return; + rshift = 0; + } + } + break; + default: + abort (); + } + + if (mb_chars || has_period) + for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node) + { + if (dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER + && dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS) + dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial = 0; + else if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_PERIOD) + dfa->nodes[node].type = OP_UTF8_PERIOD; + } + + /* The search can be in single byte locale. */ + dfa->mb_cur_max = 1; + dfa->is_utf8 = 0; + dfa->has_mb_node = dfa->nbackref > 0 || has_period; +} +#endif + +/* Analyze the structure tree, and calculate "first", "next", "edest", + "eclosure", and "inveclosure". */ + +static reg_errcode_t +analyze (regex_t *preg) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + reg_errcode_t ret; + + /* Allocate arrays. */ + dfa->nexts = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc); + dfa->org_indices = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc); + dfa->edests = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc); + dfa->eclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc); + if (BE (dfa->nexts == NULL || dfa->org_indices == NULL || dfa->edests == NULL + || dfa->eclosures == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + dfa->subexp_map = re_malloc (Idx, preg->re_nsub); + if (dfa->subexp_map != NULL) + { + Idx i; + for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++) + dfa->subexp_map[i] = i; + preorder (dfa->str_tree, optimize_subexps, dfa); + for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++) + if (dfa->subexp_map[i] != i) + break; + if (i == preg->re_nsub) + { + free (dfa->subexp_map); + dfa->subexp_map = NULL; + } + } + + ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, lower_subexps, preg); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_first, dfa); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + preorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_next, dfa); + ret = preorder (dfa->str_tree, link_nfa_nodes, dfa); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + ret = calc_eclosure (dfa); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + + /* We only need this during the prune_impossible_nodes pass in regexec.c; + skip it if p_i_n will not run, as calc_inveclosure can be quadratic. */ + if ((!preg->no_sub && preg->re_nsub > 0 && dfa->has_plural_match) + || dfa->nbackref) + { + dfa->inveclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_len); + if (BE (dfa->inveclosures == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + ret = calc_inveclosure (dfa); + } + + return ret; +} + +/* Our parse trees are very unbalanced, so we cannot use a stack to + implement parse tree visits. Instead, we use parent pointers and + some hairy code in these two functions. */ +static reg_errcode_t +postorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)), + void *extra) +{ + bin_tree_t *node, *prev; + + for (node = root; ; ) + { + /* Descend down the tree, preferably to the left (or to the right + if that's the only child). */ + while (node->left || node->right) + if (node->left) + node = node->left; + else + node = node->right; + + do + { + reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + if (node->parent == NULL) + return REG_NOERROR; + prev = node; + node = node->parent; + } + /* Go up while we have a node that is reached from the right. */ + while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL); + node = node->right; + } +} + +static reg_errcode_t +preorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)), + void *extra) +{ + bin_tree_t *node; + + for (node = root; ; ) + { + reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right. */ + if (node->left) + node = node->left; + else + { + bin_tree_t *prev = NULL; + while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL) + { + prev = node; + node = node->parent; + if (!node) + return REG_NOERROR; + } + node = node->right; + } + } +} + +/* Optimization pass: if a SUBEXP is entirely contained, strip it and tell + re_search_internal to map the inner one's opr.idx to this one's. Adjust + backreferences as well. Requires a preorder visit. */ +static reg_errcode_t +optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra; + + if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF && dfa->subexp_map) + { + int idx = node->token.opr.idx; + node->token.opr.idx = dfa->subexp_map[idx]; + dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << node->token.opr.idx; + } + + else if (node->token.type == SUBEXP + && node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP) + { + Idx other_idx = node->left->token.opr.idx; + + node->left = node->left->left; + if (node->left) + node->left->parent = node; + + dfa->subexp_map[other_idx] = dfa->subexp_map[node->token.opr.idx]; + if (other_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS) + dfa->used_bkref_map &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << other_idx); + } + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Lowering pass: Turn each SUBEXP node into the appropriate concatenation + of OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the body of the SUBEXP (if any) and OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP. */ +static reg_errcode_t +lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + regex_t *preg = (regex_t *) extra; + reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR; + + if (node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP) + { + node->left = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->left); + if (node->left) + node->left->parent = node; + } + if (node->right && node->right->token.type == SUBEXP) + { + node->right = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->right); + if (node->right) + node->right->parent = node; + } + + return err; +} + +static bin_tree_t * +lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + bin_tree_t *body = node->left; + bin_tree_t *op, *cls, *tree1, *tree; + + if (preg->no_sub + /* We do not optimize empty subexpressions, because otherwise we may + have bad CONCAT nodes with NULL children. This is obviously not + very common, so we do not lose much. An example that triggers + this case is the sed "script" /\(\)/x. */ + && node->left != NULL + && (node->token.opr.idx >= BITSET_WORD_BITS + || !(dfa->used_bkref_map + & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << node->token.opr.idx)))) + return node->left; + + /* Convert the SUBEXP node to the concatenation of an + OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the contents, and an OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP. */ + op = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_OPEN_SUBEXP); + cls = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP); + tree1 = body ? create_tree (dfa, body, cls, CONCAT) : cls; + tree = create_tree (dfa, op, tree1, CONCAT); + if (BE (tree == NULL || tree1 == NULL || op == NULL || cls == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + + op->token.opr.idx = cls->token.opr.idx = node->token.opr.idx; + op->token.opt_subexp = cls->token.opt_subexp = node->token.opt_subexp; + return tree; +} + +/* Pass 1 in building the NFA: compute FIRST and create unlinked automaton + nodes. Requires a postorder visit. */ +static reg_errcode_t +calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra; + if (node->token.type == CONCAT) + { + node->first = node->left->first; + node->node_idx = node->left->node_idx; + } + else + { + node->first = node; + node->node_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, node->token); + if (BE (node->node_idx == REG_MISSING, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + if (node->token.type == ANCHOR) + dfa->nodes[node->node_idx].constraint = node->token.opr.ctx_type; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Pass 2: compute NEXT on the tree. Preorder visit. */ +static reg_errcode_t +calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + switch (node->token.type) + { + case OP_DUP_ASTERISK: + node->left->next = node; + break; + case CONCAT: + node->left->next = node->right->first; + node->right->next = node->next; + break; + default: + if (node->left) + node->left->next = node->next; + if (node->right) + node->right->next = node->next; + break; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Pass 3: link all DFA nodes to their NEXT node (any order will do). */ +static reg_errcode_t +link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra; + Idx idx = node->node_idx; + reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR; + + switch (node->token.type) + { + case CONCAT: + break; + + case END_OF_RE: + assert (node->next == NULL); + break; + + case OP_DUP_ASTERISK: + case OP_ALT: + { + Idx left, right; + dfa->has_plural_match = 1; + if (node->left != NULL) + left = node->left->first->node_idx; + else + left = node->next->node_idx; + if (node->right != NULL) + right = node->right->first->node_idx; + else + right = node->next->node_idx; + assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (left)); + assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (right)); + err = re_node_set_init_2 (dfa->edests + idx, left, right); + } + break; + + case ANCHOR: + case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP: + case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP: + err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, node->next->node_idx); + break; + + case OP_BACK_REF: + dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx; + if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF) + err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, dfa->nexts[idx]); + break; + + default: + assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (node->token.type)); + dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx; + break; + } + + return err; +} + +/* Duplicate the epsilon closure of the node ROOT_NODE. + Note that duplicated nodes have constraint INIT_CONSTRAINT in addition + to their own constraint. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +duplicate_node_closure (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx top_org_node, Idx top_clone_node, + Idx root_node, unsigned int init_constraint) +{ + Idx org_node, clone_node; + bool ok; + unsigned int constraint = init_constraint; + for (org_node = top_org_node, clone_node = top_clone_node;;) + { + Idx org_dest, clone_dest; + if (dfa->nodes[org_node].type == OP_BACK_REF) + { + /* If the back reference epsilon-transit, its destination must + also have the constraint. Then duplicate the epsilon closure + of the destination of the back reference, and store it in + edests of the back reference. */ + org_dest = dfa->nexts[org_node]; + re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node); + clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint); + if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node]; + ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 0) + { + /* In case of the node can't epsilon-transit, don't duplicate the + destination and store the original destination as the + destination of the node. */ + dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node]; + break; + } + else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 1) + { + /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has only one + destination. */ + org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0]; + re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node); + /* If the node is root_node itself, it means the epsilon closure + has a loop. Then tie it to the destination of the root_node. */ + if (org_node == root_node && clone_node != org_node) + { + ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, org_dest); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + break; + } + /* In case the node has another constraint, append it. */ + constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_node].constraint; + clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint); + if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + else /* dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 2 */ + { + /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has two + destinations. In the bin_tree_t and DFA, that's '|' and '*'. */ + org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0]; + re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node); + /* Search for a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint. */ + clone_dest = search_duplicated_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint); + if (clone_dest == REG_MISSING) + { + /* There is no such duplicated node, create a new one. */ + reg_errcode_t err; + clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint); + if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, org_dest, clone_dest, + root_node, constraint); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + else + { + /* There is a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint, + use it to avoid infinite loop. */ + ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + + org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[1]; + clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint); + if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + org_node = org_dest; + clone_node = clone_dest; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Search for a node which is duplicated from the node ORG_NODE, and + satisfies the constraint CONSTRAINT. */ + +static Idx +search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node, + unsigned int constraint) +{ + Idx idx; + for (idx = dfa->nodes_len - 1; dfa->nodes[idx].duplicated && idx > 0; --idx) + { + if (org_node == dfa->org_indices[idx] + && constraint == dfa->nodes[idx].constraint) + return idx; /* Found. */ + } + return REG_MISSING; /* Not found. */ +} + +/* Duplicate the node whose index is ORG_IDX and set the constraint CONSTRAINT. + Return the index of the new node, or REG_MISSING if insufficient storage is + available. */ + +static Idx +duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint) +{ + Idx dup_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, dfa->nodes[org_idx]); + if (BE (dup_idx != REG_MISSING, 1)) + { + dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint = constraint; + dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_idx].constraint; + dfa->nodes[dup_idx].duplicated = 1; + + /* Store the index of the original node. */ + dfa->org_indices[dup_idx] = org_idx; + } + return dup_idx; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + Idx src, idx; + bool ok; + for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->nodes_len; ++idx) + re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->inveclosures + idx); + + for (src = 0; src < dfa->nodes_len; ++src) + { + Idx *elems = dfa->eclosures[src].elems; + for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->eclosures[src].nelem; ++idx) + { + ok = re_node_set_insert_last (dfa->inveclosures + elems[idx], src); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + } + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Calculate "eclosure" for all the node in DFA. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + Idx node_idx; + bool incomplete; +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (dfa->nodes_len > 0); +#endif + incomplete = false; + /* For each nodes, calculate epsilon closure. */ + for (node_idx = 0; ; ++node_idx) + { + reg_errcode_t err; + re_node_set eclosure_elem; + if (node_idx == dfa->nodes_len) + { + if (!incomplete) + break; + incomplete = false; + node_idx = 0; + } + +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != REG_MISSING); +#endif + + /* If we have already calculated, skip it. */ + if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != 0) + continue; + /* Calculate epsilon closure of `node_idx'. */ + err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, node_idx, true); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem == 0) + { + incomplete = true; + re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem); + } + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Calculate epsilon closure of NODE. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, bool root) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx i; + re_node_set eclosure; + bool ok; + bool incomplete = false; + err = re_node_set_alloc (&eclosure, dfa->edests[node].nelem + 1); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + /* This indicates that we are calculating this node now. + We reference this value to avoid infinite loop. */ + dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = REG_MISSING; + + /* If the current node has constraints, duplicate all nodes + since they must inherit the constraints. */ + if (dfa->nodes[node].constraint + && dfa->edests[node].nelem + && !dfa->nodes[dfa->edests[node].elems[0]].duplicated) + { + err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, node, node, node, + dfa->nodes[node].constraint); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + + /* Expand each epsilon destination nodes. */ + if (IS_EPSILON_NODE(dfa->nodes[node].type)) + for (i = 0; i < dfa->edests[node].nelem; ++i) + { + re_node_set eclosure_elem; + Idx edest = dfa->edests[node].elems[i]; + /* If calculating the epsilon closure of `edest' is in progress, + return intermediate result. */ + if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == REG_MISSING) + { + incomplete = true; + continue; + } + /* If we haven't calculated the epsilon closure of `edest' yet, + calculate now. Otherwise use calculated epsilon closure. */ + if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0) + { + err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, edest, false); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + else + eclosure_elem = dfa->eclosures[edest]; + /* Merge the epsilon closure of `edest'. */ + err = re_node_set_merge (&eclosure, &eclosure_elem); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + /* If the epsilon closure of `edest' is incomplete, + the epsilon closure of this node is also incomplete. */ + if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0) + { + incomplete = true; + re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem); + } + } + + /* An epsilon closure includes itself. */ + ok = re_node_set_insert (&eclosure, node); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + if (incomplete && !root) + dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = 0; + else + dfa->eclosures[node] = eclosure; + *new_set = eclosure; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Functions for token which are used in the parser. */ + +/* Fetch a token from INPUT. + We must not use this function inside bracket expressions. */ + +static void +internal_function +fetch_token (re_token_t *result, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax) +{ + re_string_skip_bytes (input, peek_token (result, input, syntax)); +} + +/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token. + We must not use this function inside bracket expressions. */ + +static int +internal_function +peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax) +{ + unsigned char c; + + if (re_string_eoi (input)) + { + token->type = END_OF_RE; + return 0; + } + + c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0); + token->opr.c = c; + + token->word_char = 0; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + token->mb_partial = 0; + if (input->mb_cur_max > 1 && + !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input))) + { + token->type = CHARACTER; + token->mb_partial = 1; + return 1; + } +#endif + if (c == '\\') + { + unsigned char c2; + if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 >= re_string_length (input)) + { + token->type = BACK_SLASH; + return 1; + } + + c2 = re_string_peek_byte_case (input, 1); + token->opr.c = c2; + token->type = CHARACTER; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (input->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input, + re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1); + token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0; + } + else +#endif + token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (c2) != 0; + + switch (c2) + { + case '|': + if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR)) + token->type = OP_ALT; + break; + case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS)) + { + token->type = OP_BACK_REF; + token->opr.idx = c2 - '1'; + } + break; + case '<': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + { + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST; + } + break; + case '>': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + { + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST; + } + break; + case 'b': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + { + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_DELIM; + } + break; + case 'B': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + { + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = NOT_WORD_DELIM; + } + break; + case 'w': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + token->type = OP_WORD; + break; + case 'W': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + token->type = OP_NOTWORD; + break; + case 's': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + token->type = OP_SPACE; + break; + case 'S': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + token->type = OP_NOTSPACE; + break; + case '`': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + { + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_FIRST; + } + break; + case '\'': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)) + { + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_LAST; + } + break; + case '(': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)) + token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP; + break; + case ')': + if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)) + token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP; + break; + case '+': + if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)) + token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS; + break; + case '?': + if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)) + token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION; + break; + case '{': + if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))) + token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM; + break; + case '}': + if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))) + token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM; + break; + default: + break; + } + return 2; + } + + token->type = CHARACTER; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (input->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)); + token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0; + } + else +#endif + token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (token->opr.c); + + switch (c) + { + case '\n': + if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) + token->type = OP_ALT; + break; + case '|': + if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR)) + token->type = OP_ALT; + break; + case '*': + token->type = OP_DUP_ASTERISK; + break; + case '+': + if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)) + token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS; + break; + case '?': + if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)) + token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION; + break; + case '{': + if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) + token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM; + break; + case '}': + if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) + token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM; + break; + case '(': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) + token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP; + break; + case ')': + if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) + token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP; + break; + case '[': + token->type = OP_OPEN_BRACKET; + break; + case '.': + token->type = OP_PERIOD; + break; + case '^': + if (!(syntax & (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE)) && + re_string_cur_idx (input) != 0) + { + char prev = re_string_peek_byte (input, -1); + if (!(syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) || prev != '\n') + break; + } + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_FIRST; + break; + case '$': + if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS) && + re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 != re_string_length (input)) + { + re_token_t next; + re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1); + peek_token (&next, input, syntax); + re_string_skip_bytes (input, -1); + if (next.type != OP_ALT && next.type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP) + break; + } + token->type = ANCHOR; + token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_LAST; + break; + default: + break; + } + return 1; +} + +/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token. + We must not use this function out of bracket expressions. */ + +static int +internal_function +peek_token_bracket (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax) +{ + unsigned char c; + if (re_string_eoi (input)) + { + token->type = END_OF_RE; + return 0; + } + c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0); + token->opr.c = c; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (input->mb_cur_max > 1 && + !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input))) + { + token->type = CHARACTER; + return 1; + } +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + if (c == '\\' && (syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS) + && re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input)) + { + /* In this case, '\' escape a character. */ + unsigned char c2; + re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1); + c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0); + token->opr.c = c2; + token->type = CHARACTER; + return 1; + } + if (c == '[') /* '[' is a special char in a bracket exps. */ + { + unsigned char c2; + int token_len; + if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input)) + c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 1); + else + c2 = 0; + token->opr.c = c2; + token_len = 2; + switch (c2) + { + case '.': + token->type = OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM; + break; + case '=': + token->type = OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS; + break; + case ':': + if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES) + { + token->type = OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS; + break; + } + /* else fall through. */ + default: + token->type = CHARACTER; + token->opr.c = c; + token_len = 1; + break; + } + return token_len; + } + switch (c) + { + case '-': + token->type = OP_CHARSET_RANGE; + break; + case ']': + token->type = OP_CLOSE_BRACKET; + break; + case '^': + token->type = OP_NON_MATCH_LIST; + break; + default: + token->type = CHARACTER; + } + return 1; +} + +/* Functions for parser. */ + +/* Entry point of the parser. + Parse the regular expression REGEXP and return the structure tree. + If an error is occured, ERR is set by error code, and return NULL. + This function build the following tree, from regular expression : + CAT + / \ + / \ + EOR + + CAT means concatenation. + EOR means end of regular expression. */ + +static bin_tree_t * +parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, reg_syntax_t syntax, + reg_errcode_t *err) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + bin_tree_t *tree, *eor, *root; + re_token_t current_token; + dfa->syntax = syntax; + fetch_token (¤t_token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE); + tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, ¤t_token, syntax, 0, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + eor = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, END_OF_RE); + if (tree != NULL) + root = create_tree (dfa, tree, eor, CONCAT); + else + root = eor; + if (BE (eor == NULL || root == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + return root; +} + +/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression + |: + ALT + / \ + / \ + + + ALT means alternative, which represents the operator `|'. */ + +static bin_tree_t * +parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token, + reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + bin_tree_t *tree, *branch = NULL; + tree = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + + while (token->type == OP_ALT) + { + fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE); + if (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE + && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)) + { + branch = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && branch == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + } + else + branch = NULL; + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, branch, OP_ALT); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + } + return tree; +} + +/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression + : + CAT + / \ + / \ + + + CAT means concatenation. */ + +static bin_tree_t * +parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token, + reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err) +{ + bin_tree_t *tree, *expr; + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + tree = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + + while (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE + && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)) + { + expr = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && expr == NULL, 0)) + { + return NULL; + } + if (tree != NULL && expr != NULL) + { + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, expr, CONCAT); + if (tree == NULL) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + } + else if (tree == NULL) + tree = expr; + /* Otherwise expr == NULL, we don't need to create new tree. */ + } + return tree; +} + +/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression a*: + * + | + a +*/ + +static bin_tree_t * +parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token, + reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + bin_tree_t *tree; + switch (token->type) + { + case CHARACTER: + tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + while (!re_string_eoi (regexp) + && !re_string_first_byte (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp))) + { + bin_tree_t *mbc_remain; + fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax); + mbc_remain = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_remain, CONCAT); + if (BE (mbc_remain == NULL || tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + } + } +#endif + break; + case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP: + tree = parse_sub_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest + 1, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + break; + case OP_OPEN_BRACKET: + tree = parse_bracket_exp (regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + break; + case OP_BACK_REF: + if (!BE (dfa->completed_bkref_map & (1 << token->opr.idx), 1)) + { + *err = REG_ESUBREG; + return NULL; + } + dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << token->opr.idx; + tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + ++dfa->nbackref; + dfa->has_mb_node = 1; + break; + case OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM: + if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP) + { + *err = REG_BADRPT; + return NULL; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case OP_DUP_ASTERISK: + case OP_DUP_PLUS: + case OP_DUP_QUESTION: + if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS) + { + *err = REG_BADRPT; + return NULL; + } + else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS) + { + fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax); + return parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err); + } + /* else fall through */ + case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP: + if ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP) && + !(syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)) + { + *err = REG_ERPAREN; + return NULL; + } + /* else fall through */ + case OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM: + /* We treat it as a normal character. */ + + /* Then we can these characters as normal characters. */ + token->type = CHARACTER; + /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be initialized already + by peek_token. */ + tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + break; + case ANCHOR: + if ((token->opr.ctx_type + & (WORD_DELIM | NOT_WORD_DELIM | WORD_FIRST | WORD_LAST)) + && dfa->word_ops_used == 0) + init_word_char (dfa); + if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM + || token->opr.ctx_type == NOT_WORD_DELIM) + { + bin_tree_t *tree_first, *tree_last; + if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM) + { + token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST; + tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST; + } + else + { + token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_WORD; + tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_NOTWORD; + } + tree_last = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree_first, tree_last, OP_ALT); + if (BE (tree_first == NULL || tree_last == NULL || tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + } + else + { + tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + } + /* We must return here, since ANCHORs can't be followed + by repetition operators. + eg. RE"^*" is invalid or "", + it must not be "". */ + fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax); + return tree; + case OP_PERIOD: + tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + dfa->has_mb_node = 1; + break; + case OP_WORD: + case OP_NOTWORD: + tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans, + (const unsigned char *) "alnum", + (const unsigned char *) "_", + token->type == OP_NOTWORD, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + break; + case OP_SPACE: + case OP_NOTSPACE: + tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans, + (const unsigned char *) "space", + (const unsigned char *) "", + token->type == OP_NOTSPACE, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + break; + case OP_ALT: + case END_OF_RE: + return NULL; + case BACK_SLASH: + *err = REG_EESCAPE; + return NULL; + default: + /* Must not happen? */ +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (0); +#endif + return NULL; + } + fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax); + + while (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK || token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS + || token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM) + { + tree = parse_dup_op (tree, regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + /* In BRE consecutive duplications are not allowed. */ + if ((syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP) + && (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK + || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)) + { + *err = REG_BADRPT; + return NULL; + } + } + + return tree; +} + +/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression + (): + SUBEXP + | + +*/ + +static bin_tree_t * +parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token, + reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err) +{ + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + bin_tree_t *tree; + size_t cur_nsub; + cur_nsub = preg->re_nsub++; + + fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE); + + /* The subexpression may be a null string. */ + if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP) + tree = NULL; + else + { + tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err); + if (BE (*err == REG_NOERROR && token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, 0)) + *err = REG_EPAREN; + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return NULL; + } + + if (cur_nsub <= '9' - '1') + dfa->completed_bkref_map |= 1 << cur_nsub; + + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, SUBEXP); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + tree->token.opr.idx = cur_nsub; + return tree; +} + +/* This function parse repetition operators like "*", "+", "{1,3}" etc. */ + +static bin_tree_t * +parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err) +{ + bin_tree_t *tree = NULL, *old_tree = NULL; + Idx i, start, end, start_idx = re_string_cur_idx (regexp); + re_token_t start_token = *token; + + if (token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM) + { + end = 0; + start = fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax); + if (start == REG_MISSING) + { + if (token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',') + start = 0; /* We treat "{,m}" as "{0,m}". */ + else + { + *err = REG_BADBR; /* {} is invalid. */ + return NULL; + } + } + if (BE (start != REG_ERROR, 1)) + { + /* We treat "{n}" as "{n,n}". */ + end = ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM) ? start + : ((token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',') + ? fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax) : REG_ERROR)); + } + if (BE (start == REG_ERROR || end == REG_ERROR, 0)) + { + /* Invalid sequence. */ + if (BE (!(syntax & RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD), 0)) + { + if (token->type == END_OF_RE) + *err = REG_EBRACE; + else + *err = REG_BADBR; + + return NULL; + } + + /* If the syntax bit is set, rollback. */ + re_string_set_index (regexp, start_idx); + *token = start_token; + token->type = CHARACTER; + /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be already initialized by + peek_token. */ + return elem; + } + + if (BE ((end != REG_MISSING && start > end) + || token->type != OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM, 0)) + { + /* First number greater than second. */ + *err = REG_BADBR; + return NULL; + } + } + else + { + start = (token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS) ? 1 : 0; + end = (token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION) ? 1 : REG_MISSING; + } + + fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax); + + if (BE (elem == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + if (BE (start == 0 && end == 0, 0)) + { + postorder (elem, free_tree, NULL); + return NULL; + } + + /* Extract "{n,m}" to "...{0,}". */ + if (BE (start > 0, 0)) + { + tree = elem; + for (i = 2; i <= start; ++i) + { + elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa); + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT); + if (BE (elem == NULL || tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_dup_op_espace; + } + + if (start == end) + return tree; + + /* Duplicate ELEM before it is marked optional. */ + elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa); + old_tree = tree; + } + else + old_tree = NULL; + + if (elem->token.type == SUBEXP) + postorder (elem, mark_opt_subexp, (void *) (long) elem->token.opr.idx); + + tree = create_tree (dfa, elem, NULL, + (end == REG_MISSING ? OP_DUP_ASTERISK : OP_ALT)); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_dup_op_espace; + +/* From gnulib's "intprops.h": + True if the arithmetic type T is signed. */ +#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1)) + + /* This loop is actually executed only when end != REG_MISSING, + to rewrite {0,n} as ((...?)?)?... We have + already created the start+1-th copy. */ + if (TYPE_SIGNED (Idx) || end != REG_MISSING) + for (i = start + 2; i <= end; ++i) + { + elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa); + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT); + if (BE (elem == NULL || tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_dup_op_espace; + + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, OP_ALT); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_dup_op_espace; + } + + if (old_tree) + tree = create_tree (dfa, old_tree, tree, CONCAT); + + return tree; + + parse_dup_op_espace: + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; +} + +/* Size of the names for collating symbol/equivalence_class/character_class. + I'm not sure, but maybe enough. */ +#define BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE 32 + +#ifndef _LIBC + /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC. + Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends + at END_ELEM. The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET. + RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and + mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument sinse we may + update it. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +build_range_exp (const reg_syntax_t syntax, + bitset_t sbcset, + re_charset_t *mbcset, + Idx *range_alloc, + const bracket_elem_t *start_elem, + const bracket_elem_t *end_elem) +# else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +build_range_exp (const reg_syntax_t syntax, + bitset_t sbcset, + const bracket_elem_t *start_elem, + const bracket_elem_t *end_elem) +# endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +{ + unsigned int start_ch, end_ch; + /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range start/end. */ + if (BE (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS + || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS, + 0)) + return REG_ERANGE; + + /* We can handle no multi character collating elements without libc + support. */ + if (BE ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM + && strlen ((char *) start_elem->opr.name) > 1) + || (end_elem->type == COLL_SYM + && strlen ((char *) end_elem->opr.name) > 1), 0)) + return REG_ECOLLATE; + +# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + { + wchar_t wc; + wint_t start_wc; + wint_t end_wc; + wchar_t cmp_buf[6] = {L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0'}; + + start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? start_elem->opr.ch + : ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0] + : 0)); + end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? end_elem->opr.ch + : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0] + : 0)); + start_wc = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR || start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) + ? __btowc (start_ch) : start_elem->opr.wch); + end_wc = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR || end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) + ? __btowc (end_ch) : end_elem->opr.wch); + if (start_wc == WEOF || end_wc == WEOF) + return REG_ECOLLATE; + cmp_buf[0] = start_wc; + cmp_buf[4] = end_wc; + + if (BE ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) + && wcscoll (cmp_buf, cmp_buf + 4) > 0, 0)) + return REG_ERANGE; + + /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry. + However, for !_LIBC we have no collation elements: if the + character set is single byte, the single byte character set + that we build below suffices. parse_bracket_exp passes + no MBCSET if dfa->mb_cur_max == 1. */ + if (mbcset) + { + /* Check the space of the arrays. */ + if (BE (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges, 0)) + { + /* There is not enough space, need realloc. */ + wchar_t *new_array_start, *new_array_end; + Idx new_nranges; + + /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0. */ + new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1; + /* Use realloc since mbcset->range_starts and mbcset->range_ends + are NULL if *range_alloc == 0. */ + new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, wchar_t, + new_nranges); + new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, wchar_t, + new_nranges); + + if (BE (new_array_start == NULL || new_array_end == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start; + mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end; + *range_alloc = new_nranges; + } + + mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_wc; + mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_wc; + } + + /* Build the table for single byte characters. */ + for (wc = 0; wc < SBC_MAX; ++wc) + { + cmp_buf[2] = wc; + if (wcscoll (cmp_buf, cmp_buf + 2) <= 0 + && wcscoll (cmp_buf + 2, cmp_buf + 4) <= 0) + bitset_set (sbcset, wc); + } + } +# else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + { + unsigned int ch; + start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR ) ? start_elem->opr.ch + : ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0] + : 0)); + end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR ) ? end_elem->opr.ch + : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0] + : 0)); + if (start_ch > end_ch) + return REG_ERANGE; + /* Build the table for single byte characters. */ + for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch) + if (start_ch <= ch && ch <= end_ch) + bitset_set (sbcset, ch); + } +# endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + return REG_NOERROR; +} +#endif /* not _LIBC */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +/* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC.. + Build the collating element which is represented by NAME. + The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET. + COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a + pointer argument since we may update it. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, +# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *coll_sym_alloc, +# endif + const unsigned char *name) +{ + size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name); + if (BE (name_len != 1, 0)) + return REG_ECOLLATE; + else + { + bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]); + return REG_NOERROR; + } +} +#endif /* not _LIBC */ + +/* This function parse bracket expression like "[abc]", "[a-c]", + "[[.a-a.]]" etc. */ + +static bin_tree_t * +parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token, + reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err) +{ +#ifdef _LIBC + const unsigned char *collseqmb; + const char *collseqwc; + uint32_t nrules; + int32_t table_size; + const int32_t *symb_table; + const unsigned char *extra; + + /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environement. + Seek the collating symbol entry correspondings to NAME. + Return the index of the symbol in the SYMB_TABLE. */ + + auto inline int32_t + __attribute ((always_inline)) + seek_collating_symbol_entry (name, name_len) + const unsigned char *name; + size_t name_len; + { + int32_t hash = elem_hash ((const char *) name, name_len); + int32_t elem = hash % table_size; + if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0) + { + int32_t second = hash % (table_size - 2) + 1; + + do + { + /* First compare the hashing value. */ + if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash + /* Compare the length of the name. */ + && name_len == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]] + /* Compare the name. */ + && memcmp (name, &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1] + 1], + name_len) == 0) + { + /* Yep, this is the entry. */ + break; + } + + /* Next entry. */ + elem += second; + } + while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0); + } + return elem; + } + + /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment. + Look up the collation sequence value of BR_ELEM. + Return the value if succeeded, UINT_MAX otherwise. */ + + auto inline unsigned int + __attribute ((always_inline)) + lookup_collation_sequence_value (br_elem) + bracket_elem_t *br_elem; + { + if (br_elem->type == SB_CHAR) + { + /* + if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) + */ + if (nrules == 0) + return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.ch]; + else + { + wint_t wc = __btowc (br_elem->opr.ch); + return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc); + } + } + else if (br_elem->type == MB_CHAR) + { + if (nrules != 0) + return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, br_elem->opr.wch); + } + else if (br_elem->type == COLL_SYM) + { + size_t sym_name_len = strlen ((char *) br_elem->opr.name); + if (nrules != 0) + { + int32_t elem, idx; + elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (br_elem->opr.name, + sym_name_len); + if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0) + { + /* We found the entry. */ + idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1]; + /* Skip the name of collating element name. */ + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element. */ + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + /* Adjust for the alignment. */ + idx = (idx + 3) & ~3; + /* Skip the multibyte collation sequence value. */ + idx += sizeof (unsigned int); + /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element. */ + idx += sizeof (unsigned int) * + (1 + *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx)); + /* Return the collation sequence value. */ + return *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx); + } + else if (symb_table[2 * elem] == 0 && sym_name_len == 1) + { + /* No valid character. Match it as a single byte + character. */ + return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]]; + } + } + else if (sym_name_len == 1) + return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]]; + } + return UINT_MAX; + } + + /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environement. + Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends + at END_ELEM. The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET. + RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and + mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument sinse we may + update it. */ + + auto inline reg_errcode_t + __attribute ((always_inline)) + build_range_exp (sbcset, mbcset, range_alloc, start_elem, end_elem) + re_charset_t *mbcset; + Idx *range_alloc; + bitset_t sbcset; + bracket_elem_t *start_elem, *end_elem; + { + unsigned int ch; + uint32_t start_collseq; + uint32_t end_collseq; + + /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range + start/end. */ + if (BE (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS + || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS, + 0)) + return REG_ERANGE; + + start_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (start_elem); + end_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (end_elem); + /* Check start/end collation sequence values. */ + if (BE (start_collseq == UINT_MAX || end_collseq == UINT_MAX, 0)) + return REG_ECOLLATE; + if (BE ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) && start_collseq > end_collseq, 0)) + return REG_ERANGE; + + /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry. + However, if we have no collation elements, and the character set + is single byte, the single byte character set that we + build below suffices. */ + if (nrules > 0 || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + /* Check the space of the arrays. */ + if (BE (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges, 0)) + { + /* There is not enough space, need realloc. */ + uint32_t *new_array_start; + uint32_t *new_array_end; + Idx new_nranges; + + /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0. */ + new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1; + new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, uint32_t, + new_nranges); + new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, uint32_t, + new_nranges); + + if (BE (new_array_start == NULL || new_array_end == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start; + mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end; + *range_alloc = new_nranges; + } + + mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_collseq; + mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_collseq; + } + + /* Build the table for single byte characters. */ + for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ch++) + { + uint32_t ch_collseq; + /* + if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) + */ + if (nrules == 0) + ch_collseq = collseqmb[ch]; + else + ch_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, __btowc (ch)); + if (start_collseq <= ch_collseq && ch_collseq <= end_collseq) + bitset_set (sbcset, ch); + } + return REG_NOERROR; + } + + /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environement. + Build the collating element which is represented by NAME. + The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET. + COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a + pointer argument sinse we may update it. */ + + auto inline reg_errcode_t + __attribute ((always_inline)) + build_collating_symbol (sbcset, mbcset, coll_sym_alloc, name) + re_charset_t *mbcset; + Idx *coll_sym_alloc; + bitset_t sbcset; + const unsigned char *name; + { + int32_t elem, idx; + size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name); + if (nrules != 0) + { + elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (name, name_len); + if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0) + { + /* We found the entry. */ + idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1]; + /* Skip the name of collating element name. */ + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + } + else if (symb_table[2 * elem] == 0 && name_len == 1) + { + /* No valid character, treat it as a normal + character. */ + bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]); + return REG_NOERROR; + } + else + return REG_ECOLLATE; + + /* Got valid collation sequence, add it as a new entry. */ + /* Check the space of the arrays. */ + if (BE (*coll_sym_alloc == mbcset->ncoll_syms, 0)) + { + /* Not enough, realloc it. */ + /* +1 in case of mbcset->ncoll_syms is 0. */ + Idx new_coll_sym_alloc = 2 * mbcset->ncoll_syms + 1; + /* Use realloc since mbcset->coll_syms is NULL + if *alloc == 0. */ + int32_t *new_coll_syms = re_realloc (mbcset->coll_syms, int32_t, + new_coll_sym_alloc); + if (BE (new_coll_syms == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + mbcset->coll_syms = new_coll_syms; + *coll_sym_alloc = new_coll_sym_alloc; + } + mbcset->coll_syms[mbcset->ncoll_syms++] = idx; + return REG_NOERROR; + } + else + { + if (BE (name_len != 1, 0)) + return REG_ECOLLATE; + else + { + bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]); + return REG_NOERROR; + } + } + } +#endif + + re_token_t br_token; + re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + re_charset_t *mbcset; + Idx coll_sym_alloc = 0, range_alloc = 0, mbchar_alloc = 0; + Idx equiv_class_alloc = 0, char_class_alloc = 0; +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + bool non_match = false; + bin_tree_t *work_tree; + int token_len; + bool first_round = true; +#ifdef _LIBC + collseqmb = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB); + nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + if (nrules) + { + /* + if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) + */ + collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC); + table_size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB); + symb_table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB); + extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB); + } +#endif + sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (BE (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL, 0)) +#else + if (BE (sbcset == NULL, 0)) +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + + token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax); + if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0)) + { + *err = REG_BADPAT; + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + if (token->type == OP_NON_MATCH_LIST) + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset->non_match = 1; +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + non_match = true; + if (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE) + bitset_set (sbcset, '\n'); + re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token. */ + token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax); + if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0)) + { + *err = REG_BADPAT; + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + } + + /* We treat the first ']' as a normal character. */ + if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET) + token->type = CHARACTER; + + while (1) + { + bracket_elem_t start_elem, end_elem; + unsigned char start_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE]; + unsigned char end_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE]; + reg_errcode_t ret; + int token_len2 = 0; + bool is_range_exp = false; + re_token_t token2; + + start_elem.opr.name = start_name_buf; + ret = parse_bracket_element (&start_elem, regexp, token, token_len, dfa, + syntax, first_round); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + *err = ret; + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + first_round = false; + + /* Get information about the next token. We need it in any case. */ + token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax); + + /* Do not check for ranges if we know they are not allowed. */ + if (start_elem.type != CHAR_CLASS && start_elem.type != EQUIV_CLASS) + { + if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0)) + { + *err = REG_EBRACK; + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + if (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE) + { + re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip '-'. */ + token_len2 = peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax); + if (BE (token2.type == END_OF_RE, 0)) + { + *err = REG_EBRACK; + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + if (token2.type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET) + { + /* We treat the last '-' as a normal character. */ + re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, -token_len); + token->type = CHARACTER; + } + else + is_range_exp = true; + } + } + + if (is_range_exp == true) + { + end_elem.opr.name = end_name_buf; + ret = parse_bracket_element (&end_elem, regexp, &token2, token_len2, + dfa, syntax, true); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + *err = ret; + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + + token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax); + +#ifdef _LIBC + *err = build_range_exp (sbcset, mbcset, &range_alloc, + &start_elem, &end_elem); +#else +# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + *err = build_range_exp (syntax, sbcset, + dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 ? mbcset : NULL, + &range_alloc, &start_elem, &end_elem); +# else + *err = build_range_exp (syntax, sbcset, &start_elem, &end_elem); +# endif +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + else + { + switch (start_elem.type) + { + case SB_CHAR: + bitset_set (sbcset, start_elem.opr.ch); + break; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + case MB_CHAR: + /* Check whether the array has enough space. */ + if (BE (mbchar_alloc == mbcset->nmbchars, 0)) + { + wchar_t *new_mbchars; + /* Not enough, realloc it. */ + /* +1 in case of mbcset->nmbchars is 0. */ + mbchar_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nmbchars + 1; + /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0. */ + new_mbchars = re_realloc (mbcset->mbchars, wchar_t, + mbchar_alloc); + if (BE (new_mbchars == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_espace; + mbcset->mbchars = new_mbchars; + } + mbcset->mbchars[mbcset->nmbchars++] = start_elem.opr.wch; + break; +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + case EQUIV_CLASS: + *err = build_equiv_class (sbcset, +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset, &equiv_class_alloc, +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + start_elem.opr.name); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + break; + case COLL_SYM: + *err = build_collating_symbol (sbcset, +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset, &coll_sym_alloc, +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + start_elem.opr.name); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + break; + case CHAR_CLASS: + *err = build_charclass (regexp->trans, sbcset, +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset, &char_class_alloc, +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + start_elem.opr.name, syntax); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + break; + default: + assert (0); + break; + } + } + if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0)) + { + *err = REG_EBRACK; + goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return; + } + if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET) + break; + } + + re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token. */ + + /* If it is non-matching list. */ + if (non_match) + bitset_not (sbcset); + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* Ensure only single byte characters are set. */ + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char); + + if (mbcset->nmbchars || mbcset->ncoll_syms || mbcset->nequiv_classes + || mbcset->nranges || (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 && (mbcset->nchar_classes + || mbcset->non_match))) + { + bin_tree_t *mbc_tree; + int sbc_idx; + /* Build a tree for complex bracket. */ + dfa->has_mb_node = 1; + br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET; + br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset; + mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token); + if (BE (mbc_tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_espace; + for (sbc_idx = 0; sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS; ++sbc_idx) + if (sbcset[sbc_idx]) + break; + /* If there are no bits set in sbcset, there is no point + of having both SIMPLE_BRACKET and COMPLEX_BRACKET. */ + if (sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS) + { + /* Build a tree for simple bracket. */ + br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET; + br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset; + work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token); + if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_espace; + + /* Then join them by ALT node. */ + work_tree = create_tree (dfa, work_tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT); + if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_espace; + } + else + { + re_free (sbcset); + work_tree = mbc_tree; + } + } + else +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + free_charset (mbcset); +#endif + /* Build a tree for simple bracket. */ + br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET; + br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset; + work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token); + if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0)) + goto parse_bracket_exp_espace; + } + return work_tree; + + parse_bracket_exp_espace: + *err = REG_ESPACE; + parse_bracket_exp_free_return: + re_free (sbcset); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + free_charset (mbcset); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Parse an element in the bracket expression. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp, + re_token_t *token, int token_len, re_dfa_t *dfa, + reg_syntax_t syntax, bool accept_hyphen) +{ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + int cur_char_size; + cur_char_size = re_string_char_size_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp)); + if (cur_char_size > 1) + { + elem->type = MB_CHAR; + elem->opr.wch = re_string_wchar_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp)); + re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, cur_char_size); + return REG_NOERROR; + } +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token. */ + if (token->type == OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM || token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS + || token->type == OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS) + return parse_bracket_symbol (elem, regexp, token); + if (BE (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE, 0) && !accept_hyphen) + { + /* A '-' must only appear as anything but a range indicator before + the closing bracket. Everything else is an error. */ + re_token_t token2; + (void) peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax); + if (token2.type != OP_CLOSE_BRACKET) + /* The actual error value is not standardized since this whole + case is undefined. But ERANGE makes good sense. */ + return REG_ERANGE; + } + elem->type = SB_CHAR; + elem->opr.ch = token->opr.c; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Parse a bracket symbol in the bracket expression. Bracket symbols are + such as [::], [..], and + [==]. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp, + re_token_t *token) +{ + unsigned char ch, delim = token->opr.c; + int i = 0; + if (re_string_eoi(regexp)) + return REG_EBRACK; + for (;; ++i) + { + if (i >= BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE) + return REG_EBRACK; + if (token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS) + ch = re_string_fetch_byte_case (regexp); + else + ch = re_string_fetch_byte (regexp); + if (re_string_eoi(regexp)) + return REG_EBRACK; + if (ch == delim && re_string_peek_byte (regexp, 0) == ']') + break; + elem->opr.name[i] = ch; + } + re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, 1); + elem->opr.name[i] = '\0'; + switch (token->type) + { + case OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM: + elem->type = COLL_SYM; + break; + case OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS: + elem->type = EQUIV_CLASS; + break; + case OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS: + elem->type = CHAR_CLASS; + break; + default: + break; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + + /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp. + Build the equivalence class which is represented by NAME. + The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET. + EQUIV_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->equiv_classes, + is a pointer argument sinse we may update it. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset, + Idx *equiv_class_alloc, const unsigned char *name) +#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, const unsigned char *name) +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +{ +#ifdef _LIBC + uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + if (nrules != 0) + { + const int32_t *table, *indirect; + const unsigned char *weights, *extra, *cp; + unsigned char char_buf[2]; + int32_t idx1, idx2; + unsigned int ch; + size_t len; + /* This #include defines a local function! */ +# include + /* Calculate the index for equivalence class. */ + cp = name; + table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB); + weights = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB); + extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB); + indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB); + idx1 = findidx (&cp); + if (BE (idx1 == 0 || cp < name + strlen ((const char *) name), 0)) + /* This isn't a valid character. */ + return REG_ECOLLATE; + + /* Build single byte matcing table for this equivalence class. */ + char_buf[1] = (unsigned char) '\0'; + len = weights[idx1 & 0xffffff]; + for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch) + { + char_buf[0] = ch; + cp = char_buf; + idx2 = findidx (&cp); +/* + idx2 = table[ch]; +*/ + if (idx2 == 0) + /* This isn't a valid character. */ + continue; + /* Compare only if the length matches and the collation rule + index is the same. */ + if (len == weights[idx2 & 0xffffff] && (idx1 >> 24) == (idx2 >> 24)) + { + int cnt = 0; + + while (cnt <= len && + weights[(idx1 & 0xffffff) + 1 + cnt] + == weights[(idx2 & 0xffffff) + 1 + cnt]) + ++cnt; + + if (cnt > len) + bitset_set (sbcset, ch); + } + } + /* Check whether the array has enough space. */ + if (BE (*equiv_class_alloc == mbcset->nequiv_classes, 0)) + { + /* Not enough, realloc it. */ + /* +1 in case of mbcset->nequiv_classes is 0. */ + Idx new_equiv_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nequiv_classes + 1; + /* Use realloc since the array is NULL if *alloc == 0. */ + int32_t *new_equiv_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->equiv_classes, + int32_t, + new_equiv_class_alloc); + if (BE (new_equiv_classes == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + mbcset->equiv_classes = new_equiv_classes; + *equiv_class_alloc = new_equiv_class_alloc; + } + mbcset->equiv_classes[mbcset->nequiv_classes++] = idx1; + } + else +#endif /* _LIBC */ + { + if (BE (strlen ((const char *) name) != 1, 0)) + return REG_ECOLLATE; + bitset_set (sbcset, *name); + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + + /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp. + Build the character class which is represented by NAME. + The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET. + CHAR_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->char_classes, + is a pointer argument sinse we may update it. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset, + re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *char_class_alloc, + const unsigned char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax) +#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset, + const unsigned char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax) +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +{ + int i; + const char *name = (const char *) class_name; + + /* In case of REG_ICASE "upper" and "lower" match the both of + upper and lower cases. */ + if ((syntax & RE_ICASE) + && (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0 || strcmp (name, "lower") == 0)) + name = "alpha"; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* Check the space of the arrays. */ + if (BE (*char_class_alloc == mbcset->nchar_classes, 0)) + { + /* Not enough, realloc it. */ + /* +1 in case of mbcset->nchar_classes is 0. */ + Idx new_char_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nchar_classes + 1; + /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0. */ + wctype_t *new_char_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->char_classes, wctype_t, + new_char_class_alloc); + if (BE (new_char_classes == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + mbcset->char_classes = new_char_classes; + *char_class_alloc = new_char_class_alloc; + } + mbcset->char_classes[mbcset->nchar_classes++] = __wctype (name); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +#define BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP(ctype_func) \ + do { \ + if (BE (trans != NULL, 0)) \ + { \ + for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i) \ + if (ctype_func (i)) \ + bitset_set (sbcset, trans[i]); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i) \ + if (ctype_func (i)) \ + bitset_set (sbcset, i); \ + } \ + } while (0) + + if (strcmp (name, "alnum") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalnum); + else if (strcmp (name, "cntrl") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (iscntrl); + else if (strcmp (name, "lower") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (islower); + else if (strcmp (name, "space") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isspace); + else if (strcmp (name, "alpha") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalpha); + else if (strcmp (name, "digit") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isdigit); + else if (strcmp (name, "print") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isprint); + else if (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isupper); + else if (strcmp (name, "blank") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isblank); + else if (strcmp (name, "graph") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isgraph); + else if (strcmp (name, "punct") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (ispunct); + else if (strcmp (name, "xdigit") == 0) + BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isxdigit); + else + return REG_ECTYPE; + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static bin_tree_t * +build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa, RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, + const unsigned char *class_name, + const unsigned char *extra, bool non_match, + reg_errcode_t *err) +{ + re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + re_charset_t *mbcset; + Idx alloc = 0; +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + reg_errcode_t ret; + re_token_t br_token; + bin_tree_t *tree; + + sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (BE (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL, 0)) +#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (BE (sbcset == NULL, 0)) +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + + if (non_match) + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset->non_match = 1; +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + } + + /* We don't care the syntax in this case. */ + ret = build_charclass (trans, sbcset, +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + mbcset, &alloc, +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + class_name, 0); + + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_free (sbcset); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + free_charset (mbcset); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + *err = ret; + return NULL; + } + /* \w match '_' also. */ + for (; *extra; extra++) + bitset_set (sbcset, *extra); + + /* If it is non-matching list. */ + if (non_match) + bitset_not (sbcset); + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* Ensure only single byte characters are set. */ + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char); +#endif + + /* Build a tree for simple bracket. */ + br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET; + br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset; + tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token); + if (BE (tree == NULL, 0)) + goto build_word_op_espace; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + bin_tree_t *mbc_tree; + /* Build a tree for complex bracket. */ + br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET; + br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset; + dfa->has_mb_node = 1; + mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token); + if (BE (mbc_tree == NULL, 0)) + goto build_word_op_espace; + /* Then join them by ALT node. */ + tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT); + if (BE (mbc_tree != NULL, 1)) + return tree; + } + else + { + free_charset (mbcset); + return tree; + } +#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + return tree; +#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + build_word_op_espace: + re_free (sbcset); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + free_charset (mbcset); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; +} + +/* This is intended for the expressions like "a{1,3}". + Fetch a number from `input', and return the number. + Return REG_MISSING if the number field is empty like "{,1}". + Return REG_ERROR if an error occurred. */ + +static Idx +fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax) +{ + Idx num = REG_MISSING; + unsigned char c; + while (1) + { + fetch_token (token, input, syntax); + c = token->opr.c; + if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0)) + return REG_ERROR; + if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM || c == ',') + break; + num = ((token->type != CHARACTER || c < '0' || '9' < c + || num == REG_ERROR) + ? REG_ERROR + : ((num == REG_MISSING) ? c - '0' : num * 10 + c - '0')); + num = (num > RE_DUP_MAX) ? REG_ERROR : num; + } + return num; +} + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static void +free_charset (re_charset_t *cset) +{ + re_free (cset->mbchars); +# ifdef _LIBC + re_free (cset->coll_syms); + re_free (cset->equiv_classes); + re_free (cset->range_starts); + re_free (cset->range_ends); +# endif + re_free (cset->char_classes); + re_free (cset); +} +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +/* Functions for binary tree operation. */ + +/* Create a tree node. */ + +static bin_tree_t * +create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right, + re_token_type_t type) +{ + re_token_t t; + t.type = type; + return create_token_tree (dfa, left, right, &t); +} + +static bin_tree_t * +create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right, + const re_token_t *token) +{ + bin_tree_t *tree; + if (BE (dfa->str_tree_storage_idx == BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE, 0)) + { + bin_tree_storage_t *storage = re_malloc (bin_tree_storage_t, 1); + + if (storage == NULL) + return NULL; + storage->next = dfa->str_tree_storage; + dfa->str_tree_storage = storage; + dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = 0; + } + tree = &dfa->str_tree_storage->data[dfa->str_tree_storage_idx++]; + + tree->parent = NULL; + tree->left = left; + tree->right = right; + tree->token = *token; + tree->token.duplicated = 0; + tree->token.opt_subexp = 0; + tree->first = NULL; + tree->next = NULL; + tree->node_idx = REG_MISSING; + + if (left != NULL) + left->parent = tree; + if (right != NULL) + right->parent = tree; + return tree; +} + +/* Mark the tree SRC as an optional subexpression. + To be called from preorder or postorder. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + Idx idx = (Idx) (long) extra; + if (node->token.type == SUBEXP && node->token.opr.idx == idx) + node->token.opt_subexp = 1; + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Free the allocated memory inside NODE. */ + +static void +free_token (re_token_t *node) +{ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0) + free_charset (node->opr.mbcset); + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (node->type == SIMPLE_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0) + re_free (node->opr.sbcset); +} + +/* Worker function for tree walking. Free the allocated memory inside NODE + and its children. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node) +{ + free_token (&node->token); + return REG_NOERROR; +} + + +/* Duplicate the node SRC, and return new node. This is a preorder + visit similar to the one implemented by the generic visitor, but + we need more infrastructure to maintain two parallel trees --- so, + it's easier to duplicate. */ + +static bin_tree_t * +duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *root, re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + const bin_tree_t *node; + bin_tree_t *dup_root; + bin_tree_t **p_new = &dup_root, *dup_node = root->parent; + + for (node = root; ; ) + { + /* Create a new tree and link it back to the current parent. */ + *p_new = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &node->token); + if (*p_new == NULL) + return NULL; + (*p_new)->parent = dup_node; + (*p_new)->token.duplicated = 1; + dup_node = *p_new; + + /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right. */ + if (node->left) + { + node = node->left; + p_new = &dup_node->left; + } + else + { + const bin_tree_t *prev = NULL; + while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL) + { + prev = node; + node = node->parent; + dup_node = dup_node->parent; + if (!node) + return dup_root; + } + node = node->right; + p_new = &dup_node->right; + } + } +} diff --git a/gnulib/regex.c b/gnulib/regex.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..904fe62c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/regex.c @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* Extended regular expression matching and search library. + Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa . + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#include + +/* Make sure noone compiles this code with a C++ compiler. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC +# error "This is C code, use a C compiler" +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* We have to keep the namespace clean. */ +# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg) +# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef) +# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags) +# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \ + __regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) +# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \ + __re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en) +# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \ + __re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) +# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \ + __re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs) +# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \ + __re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) +# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \ + __re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp) +# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax) +# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \ + __re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) +# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp) + +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +#endif + +/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than + GNU regex allows. Include it before , which correctly + #undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value. */ +#include + +#include +#include "regex_internal.h" + +#include "regex_internal.c" +#include "regcomp.c" +#include "regexec.c" + +/* Binary backward compatibility. */ +#if _LIBC +# include +# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3) +link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and will go away.") +int re_max_failures = 2000; +# endif +#endif diff --git a/gnulib/regex.h b/gnulib/regex.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..594d5e6aa --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/regex.h @@ -0,0 +1,676 @@ +/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular + expression library. + Copyright (C) 1985, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, + 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _REGEX_H +#define _REGEX_H 1 + +#include + +/* Allow the use in C++ code. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Define __USE_GNU_REGEX to declare GNU extensions that violate the + POSIX name space rules. */ +#undef __USE_GNU_REGEX +#if (defined _GNU_SOURCE \ + || (!defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE \ + && !defined _XOPEN_SOURCE)) +# define __USE_GNU_REGEX 1 +#endif + +#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS + +/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and + unsigned byte offsets in memory. This currently works only when + the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet + supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define + _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS. */ + +/* The type of the offset of a byte within a string. + For historical reasons POSIX 1003.1-2004 requires that regoff_t be + at least as wide as off_t. However, many common POSIX platforms set + regoff_t to the more-sensible ssize_t and the Open Group has + signalled its intention to change the requirement to be that + regoff_t be at least as wide as ptrdiff_t and ssize_t; see XBD ERN + 60 (2005-08-25). We don't know of any hosts where ssize_t or + ptrdiff_t is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe. */ +typedef ssize_t regoff_t; + +/* The type of nonnegative object indexes. Traditionally, GNU regex + uses 'int' for these. Code that uses __re_idx_t should work + regardless of whether the type is signed. */ +typedef size_t __re_idx_t; + +/* The type of object sizes. */ +typedef size_t __re_size_t; + +/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code + uses unsigned long int. */ +typedef size_t __re_long_size_t; + +#else + +/* Use types that are binary-compatible with the traditional GNU regex + implementation, which mishandles strings longer than INT_MAX. */ + +typedef int regoff_t; +typedef int __re_idx_t; +typedef unsigned int __re_size_t; +typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t; + +#endif + +/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type + wide enough to hold a value of a pointer. For most ANSI compilers + ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK. Still size of these two + types is 2 for Microsoft C. Ugh... */ +typedef long int s_reg_t; +typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t; + +/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we + recognize. The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax + remains the value 0. The bits are given in alphabetical order, and + the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we + add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change. */ +typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t; + +#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX + +/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal. + If set, then such a \ quotes the following character. */ +# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1) + +/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are + literals. + If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals. */ +# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported. They are: + [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:], [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:], + [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:]. + If not set, then character classes are not supported. */ +# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket + expressions, of course). + If this bit is not set, then it depends: + ^ is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular + expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator; + $ is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or + before a close-group or an alternation operator. + + This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because + POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined. + We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs + invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back. */ +# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special + regardless of where they are in the pattern. + If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in + some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary. Specifically, + * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning, + open-group, or alternation operator. */ +# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or + immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */ +# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline. + If not set, then it doesn't. */ +# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL. + If not set, then it does. */ +# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline. + If not set, they do. */ +# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an + interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES. + If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals. */ +# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators. + If not set, they are. */ +# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator. + If not set, newline is literal. */ +# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \} + are literals. + If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval. */ +# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals. + If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals. */ +# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then \ matches . + If not set, then \ is a back-reference. */ +# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal. + If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal. */ +# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher + than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid. + If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the + starting range point, the range is ignored. */ +# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary. + If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid. */ +# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern, + without further backtracking. */ +# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators. + If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */ +# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging. + If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off. + This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG. + We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on + debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have + this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */ +# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as + a string of ordinary characters. For example, the ERE 'a{1' is + treated as 'a\{1'. */ +# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching. + If not set, then case is significant. */ +# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1) + +/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only + for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find + whether ^ should be special. */ +# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in an bre or + immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */ +# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during + re_compile_pattern. */ +# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1) + +#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */ + +/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for + some interfaces). When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is + stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect + already-compiled regexps. */ +extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options; + +#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX +/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities. + (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so + don't delete them!) */ +/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */ +# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0 + +# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK \ + (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES \ + | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS) + +# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK \ + ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG) \ + & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS )) + +# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK \ + (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS \ + | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_GNU_OPS) + +# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP \ + (RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CHAR_CLASSES \ + | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS \ + | RE_NEWLINE_ALT) + +# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP \ + (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE \ + | RE_NEWLINE_ALT | RE_NO_BK_PARENS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR) + +# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP \ + (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD) + +/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff. */ +# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC + +# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC + +/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax. */ +# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON \ + (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \ + | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) + +# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP) + +/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes + RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized. Actually, this + isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled. */ +# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS) + +# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_VBAR \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) + +/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is + removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added. */ +# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED \ + (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \ + | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \ + | RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \ + | RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) +/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */ + +#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */ + +#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX + +/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow. POSIX-conforming + systems might define this in , but we want our + value, so remove any previous define. */ +# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX +# undef RE_DUP_MAX +# endif + +/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored + the counter as a 2-byte signed integer. This is no longer true, so + RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to + ((SIZE_MAX - 2) / 10 - 1) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined. + However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone + actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains + its historical value. */ +# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff) + +#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */ + + +/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp'). */ + +/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax. + If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax. */ +#define REG_EXTENDED 1 + +/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching. + If not set, then case is significant. */ +#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1) + +/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline + characters in the string. + If not set, then anchors do match at newlines. */ +#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2) + +/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec. + If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors. */ +#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3) + + +/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec). */ + +/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match + the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the + beginning of a line). + If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the + beginning of the string. */ +#define REG_NOTBOL 1 + +/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line. */ +#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1) + +/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the + buffer. */ +#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2) + + +/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the + `__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c. */ + +typedef enum +{ + _REG_ENOSYS = -1, /* This will never happen for this implementation. */ + _REG_NOERROR = 0, /* Success. */ + _REG_NOMATCH, /* Didn't find a match (for regexec). */ + + /* POSIX regcomp return error codes. (In the order listed in the + standard.) */ + _REG_BADPAT, /* Invalid pattern. */ + _REG_ECOLLATE, /* Invalid collating element. */ + _REG_ECTYPE, /* Invalid character class name. */ + _REG_EESCAPE, /* Trailing backslash. */ + _REG_ESUBREG, /* Invalid back reference. */ + _REG_EBRACK, /* Unmatched left bracket. */ + _REG_EPAREN, /* Parenthesis imbalance. */ + _REG_EBRACE, /* Unmatched \{. */ + _REG_BADBR, /* Invalid contents of \{\}. */ + _REG_ERANGE, /* Invalid range end. */ + _REG_ESPACE, /* Ran out of memory. */ + _REG_BADRPT, /* No preceding re for repetition op. */ + + /* Error codes we've added. */ + _REG_EEND, /* Premature end. */ + _REG_ESIZE, /* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes. */ + _REG_ERPAREN /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp. */ +} reg_errcode_t; + +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE +# define REG_ENOSYS _REG_ENOSYS +#endif +#define REG_NOERROR _REG_NOERROR +#define REG_NOMATCH _REG_NOMATCH +#define REG_BADPAT _REG_BADPAT +#define REG_ECOLLATE _REG_ECOLLATE +#define REG_ECTYPE _REG_ECTYPE +#define REG_EESCAPE _REG_EESCAPE +#define REG_ESUBREG _REG_ESUBREG +#define REG_EBRACK _REG_EBRACK +#define REG_EPAREN _REG_EPAREN +#define REG_EBRACE _REG_EBRACE +#define REG_BADBR _REG_BADBR +#define REG_ERANGE _REG_ERANGE +#define REG_ESPACE _REG_ESPACE +#define REG_BADRPT _REG_BADRPT +#define REG_EEND _REG_EEND +#define REG_ESIZE _REG_ESIZE +#define REG_ERPAREN _REG_ERPAREN + +/* struct re_pattern_buffer normally uses member names like `buffer' + that POSIX does not allow. In POSIX mode these members have names + with leading `re_' (e.g., `re_buffer'). */ +#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX +# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) id +# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) id +#else +# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) re_##id +# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) rm_##id +#endif + +/* The user can specify the type of the re_translate member by + defining the macro RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE, which defaults to unsigned + char *. This pollutes the POSIX name space, so in POSIX mode just + use unsigned char *. */ +#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX +# ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE +# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char * +# endif +# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE +#else +# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char * +#endif + +/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern. Before calling + the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap', + `translate', and `no_sub' can be set. After the pattern has been + compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available. All other fields are + private to the regex routines. */ + +struct re_pattern_buffer +{ + /* Space that holds the compiled pattern. It is declared as + `unsigned char *' because its elements are sometimes used as + array indexes. */ + unsigned char *_REG_RE_NAME (buffer); + + /* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points. */ + __re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (allocated); + + /* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'. */ + __re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (used); + + /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled. */ + reg_syntax_t _REG_RE_NAME (syntax); + + /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero. re_search uses the + fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points + for matches. */ + char *_REG_RE_NAME (fastmap); + + /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before + comparing them, or zero for no translation. The translation is + applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it + is matched. */ + REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE _REG_RE_NAME (translate); + + /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler. */ + size_t re_nsub; + + /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else. + Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see whether or + not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely + perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the `duplicate' case). */ + unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (can_be_null) : 1; + + /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure + for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups. + If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary. + If REGS_FIXED, use what's there. */ +#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX +# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0 +# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1 +# define REGS_FIXED 2 +#endif + unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (regs_allocated) : 2; + + /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one + by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap. */ + unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (fastmap_accurate) : 1; + + /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about + subexpressions. */ + unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (no_sub) : 1; + + /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning + of the string. */ + unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_bol) : 1; + + /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor. */ + unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_eol) : 1; + + /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches. */ + unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (newline_anchor) : 1; + +/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */ +}; + +typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t; + +/* This is the structure we store register match data in. See + regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match. */ +struct re_registers +{ + __re_size_t _REG_RM_NAME (num_regs); + regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (start); + regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (end); +}; + + +/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer, + `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers + the first time a `regs' structure is passed. */ +#if !defined RE_NREGS && defined __USE_GNU_REGEX +# define RE_NREGS 30 +#endif + + +/* POSIX specification for registers. Aside from the different names than + `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a + structure of arrays. */ +typedef struct +{ + regoff_t rm_so; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start. */ + regoff_t rm_eo; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end. */ +} regmatch_t; + +/* Declarations for routines. */ + +/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax. + You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable. */ +extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax); + +/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH + and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer + BUFFER. Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not. */ +extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length, + struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer); + + +/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to + accelerate searches. Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an + internal error. */ +extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer); + + +/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern + compiled into BUFFER. Start searching at position START, for RANGE + characters. Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no + match, or -2 for an internal error. Also return register + information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero). */ +extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer, + const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length, + __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range, + struct re_registers *__regs); + + +/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and + STRING2. Also, stop searching at index START + STOP. */ +extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer, + const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1, + const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2, + __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range, + struct re_registers *__regs, + __re_idx_t __stop); + + +/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp + in BUFFER matched, starting at position START. */ +extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer, + const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length, + __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs); + + +/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'. */ +extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer, + const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1, + const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2, + __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs, + __re_idx_t __stop); + + +/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and + ENDS. Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory + for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS must be + allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof + (regoff_t)' bytes long. + + If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own + register data. + + Unless this function is called, the first search or match using + PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without + freeing the old data. */ +extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer, + struct re_registers *__regs, + __re_size_t __num_regs, + regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends); + +#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC +# ifndef _CRAY +/* 4.2 bsd compatibility. */ +extern char *re_comp (const char *); +extern int re_exec (const char *); +# endif +#endif + +/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have + "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict". + Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and + 'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a + different name. */ +#ifndef _Restrict_ +# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ +# define _Restrict_ restrict +# elif 2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) +# define _Restrict_ __restrict +# else +# define _Restrict_ +# endif +#endif +/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax. Don't trust + sys/cdefs.h's definition of __restrict_arr, though, as it + mishandles gcc -ansi -pedantic. */ +#ifndef _Restrict_arr_ +# if ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \ + || ((3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) \ + && !__STRICT_ANSI__)) \ + && !defined __GNUG__) +# define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_ +# else +# define _Restrict_arr_ +# endif +#endif + +/* POSIX compatibility. */ +extern int regcomp (regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg, + const char *_Restrict_ __pattern, + int __cflags); + +extern int regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg, + const char *_Restrict_ __string, size_t __nmatch, + regmatch_t __pmatch[_Restrict_arr_], + int __eflags); + +extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg, + char *_Restrict_ __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size); + +extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* C++ */ + +#endif /* regex.h */ diff --git a/gnulib/regex_internal.c b/gnulib/regex_internal.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378b767d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/regex_internal.c @@ -0,0 +1,1740 @@ +/* Extended regular expression matching and search library. + Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free + Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa . + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +static void re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len, + re_string_t *pstr, + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, + const re_dfa_t *dfa) internal_function; +static re_dfastate_t *create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + const re_node_set *nodes, + re_hashval_t hash) internal_function; +static re_dfastate_t *create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + const re_node_set *nodes, + unsigned int context, + re_hashval_t hash) internal_function; + +/* Functions for string operation. */ + +/* This function allocate the buffers. It is necessary to call + re_string_reconstruct before using the object. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_string_allocate (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len, Idx init_len, + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + Idx init_buf_len; + + /* Ensure at least one character fits into the buffers. */ + if (init_len < dfa->mb_cur_max) + init_len = dfa->mb_cur_max; + init_buf_len = (len + 1 < init_len) ? len + 1: init_len; + re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa); + + ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, init_buf_len); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + + pstr->word_char = dfa->word_char; + pstr->word_ops_used = dfa->word_ops_used; + pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str; + pstr->valid_len = (pstr->mbs_allocated || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) ? 0 : len; + pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* This function allocate the buffers, and initialize them. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_string_construct (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len, + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + memset (pstr, '\0', sizeof (re_string_t)); + re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa); + + if (len > 0) + { + ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, len + 1); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + } + pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str; + + if (icase) + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + while (1) + { + ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + if (pstr->valid_raw_len >= len) + break; + if (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->valid_len + dfa->mb_cur_max) + break; + ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, pstr->bufs_len * 2); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + } + } + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + build_upper_buffer (pstr); + } + else + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + build_wcs_buffer (pstr); + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + { + if (trans != NULL) + re_string_translate_buffer (pstr); + else + { + pstr->valid_len = pstr->bufs_len; + pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->bufs_len; + } + } + } + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Helper functions for re_string_allocate, and re_string_construct. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_buf_len) +{ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + wint_t *new_wcs; + + /* Avoid overflow. */ + size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wint_t), sizeof (Idx)); + if (BE (SIZE_MAX / max_object_size < new_buf_len, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + new_wcs = re_realloc (pstr->wcs, wint_t, new_buf_len); + if (BE (new_wcs == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + pstr->wcs = new_wcs; + if (pstr->offsets != NULL) + { + Idx *new_offsets = re_realloc (pstr->offsets, Idx, new_buf_len); + if (BE (new_offsets == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + pstr->offsets = new_offsets; + } + } +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (pstr->mbs_allocated) + { + unsigned char *new_mbs = re_realloc (pstr->mbs, unsigned char, + new_buf_len); + if (BE (new_mbs == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + pstr->mbs = new_mbs; + } + pstr->bufs_len = new_buf_len; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + + +static void +internal_function +re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len, re_string_t *pstr, + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, + const re_dfa_t *dfa) +{ + pstr->raw_mbs = (const unsigned char *) str; + pstr->len = len; + pstr->raw_len = len; + pstr->trans = trans; + pstr->icase = icase; + pstr->mbs_allocated = (trans != NULL || icase); + pstr->mb_cur_max = dfa->mb_cur_max; + pstr->is_utf8 = dfa->is_utf8; + pstr->map_notascii = dfa->map_notascii; + pstr->stop = pstr->len; + pstr->raw_stop = pstr->stop; +} + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + +/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS. + If the byte sequence of the string are: + (0), (1), (0), (1), + Then wide character buffer will be: + , WEOF , , WEOF , + We use WEOF for padding, they indicate that the position isn't + a first byte of a multibyte character. + + Note that this function assumes PSTR->VALID_LEN elements are already + built and starts from PSTR->VALID_LEN. */ + +static void +internal_function +build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) +{ +#ifdef _LIBC + unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX]; + assert (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max); +#else + unsigned char buf[64]; +#endif + mbstate_t prev_st; + Idx byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len; + size_t mbclen; + + /* Build the buffers from pstr->valid_len to either pstr->len or + pstr->bufs_len. */ + end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len; + for (byte_idx = pstr->valid_len; byte_idx < end_idx;) + { + wchar_t wc; + const char *p; + + remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx; + prev_st = pstr->cur_state; + /* Apply the translation if we need. */ + if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0)) + { + int i, ch; + + for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i) + { + ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx + i]; + buf[i] = pstr->mbs[byte_idx + i] = pstr->trans[ch]; + } + p = (const char *) buf; + } + else + p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx; + mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state); + if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -2, 0)) + { + /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build. */ + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + break; + } + else if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0, 0)) + { + /* We treat these cases as a singlebyte character. */ + mbclen = 1; + wc = (wchar_t) pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx]; + if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0)) + wc = pstr->trans[wc]; + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + } + + /* Write wide character and padding. */ + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wc; + /* Write paddings. */ + for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;) + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF; + } + pstr->valid_len = byte_idx; + pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx; +} + +/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS like build_wcs_buffer, + but for REG_ICASE. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) +{ + mbstate_t prev_st; + Idx src_idx, byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len; + size_t mbclen; +#ifdef _LIBC + char buf[MB_LEN_MAX]; + assert (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max); +#else + char buf[64]; +#endif + + byte_idx = pstr->valid_len; + end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len; + + /* The following optimization assumes that ASCII characters can be + mapped to wide characters with a simple cast. */ + if (! pstr->map_notascii && pstr->trans == NULL && !pstr->offsets_needed) + { + while (byte_idx < end_idx) + { + wchar_t wc; + + if (isascii (pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx]) + && mbsinit (&pstr->cur_state)) + { + /* In case of a singlebyte character. */ + pstr->mbs[byte_idx] + = toupper (pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx]); + /* The next step uses the assumption that wchar_t is encoded + ASCII-safe: all ASCII values can be converted like this. */ + pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = (wchar_t) pstr->mbs[byte_idx]; + ++byte_idx; + continue; + } + + remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx; + prev_st = pstr->cur_state; + mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, + ((const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + + byte_idx), remain_len, &pstr->cur_state); + if (BE (mbclen < (size_t) -2, 1)) + { + wchar_t wcu = wc; + if (iswlower (wc)) + { + size_t mbcdlen; + + wcu = towupper (wc); + mbcdlen = wcrtomb (buf, wcu, &prev_st); + if (BE (mbclen == mbcdlen, 1)) + memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen); + else + { + src_idx = byte_idx; + goto offsets_needed; + } + } + else + memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, + pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx, mbclen); + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu; + /* Write paddings. */ + for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;) + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF; + } + else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0) + { + /* It is an invalid character or '\0'. Just use the byte. */ + int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx]; + pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch; + /* And also cast it to wide char. */ + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch; + if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1, 0)) + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + } + else + { + /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build. */ + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + break; + } + } + pstr->valid_len = byte_idx; + pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx; + return REG_NOERROR; + } + else + for (src_idx = pstr->valid_raw_len; byte_idx < end_idx;) + { + wchar_t wc; + const char *p; + offsets_needed: + remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx; + prev_st = pstr->cur_state; + if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0)) + { + int i, ch; + + for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i) + { + ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx + i]; + buf[i] = pstr->trans[ch]; + } + p = (const char *) buf; + } + else + p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx; + mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state); + if (BE (mbclen < (size_t) -2, 1)) + { + wchar_t wcu = wc; + if (iswlower (wc)) + { + size_t mbcdlen; + + wcu = towupper (wc); + mbcdlen = wcrtomb ((char *) buf, wcu, &prev_st); + if (BE (mbclen == mbcdlen, 1)) + memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen); + else if (mbcdlen != (size_t) -1) + { + size_t i; + + if (byte_idx + mbcdlen > pstr->bufs_len) + { + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + break; + } + + if (pstr->offsets == NULL) + { + pstr->offsets = re_malloc (Idx, pstr->bufs_len); + + if (pstr->offsets == NULL) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + if (!pstr->offsets_needed) + { + for (i = 0; i < (size_t) byte_idx; ++i) + pstr->offsets[i] = i; + pstr->offsets_needed = 1; + } + + memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbcdlen); + pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = wcu; + pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx; + for (i = 1; i < mbcdlen; ++i) + { + pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i] + = src_idx + (i < mbclen ? i : mbclen - 1); + pstr->wcs[byte_idx + i] = WEOF; + } + pstr->len += mbcdlen - mbclen; + if (pstr->raw_stop > src_idx) + pstr->stop += mbcdlen - mbclen; + end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) + ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len; + byte_idx += mbcdlen; + src_idx += mbclen; + continue; + } + else + memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen); + } + else + memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen); + + if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed != 0, 0)) + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < mbclen; ++i) + pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i] = src_idx + i; + } + src_idx += mbclen; + + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu; + /* Write paddings. */ + for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;) + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF; + } + else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0) + { + /* It is an invalid character or '\0'. Just use the byte. */ + int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx]; + + if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0)) + ch = pstr->trans [ch]; + pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch; + + if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed != 0, 0)) + pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx; + ++src_idx; + + /* And also cast it to wide char. */ + pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch; + if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1, 0)) + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + } + else + { + /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build. */ + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + break; + } + } + pstr->valid_len = byte_idx; + pstr->valid_raw_len = src_idx; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Skip characters until the index becomes greater than NEW_RAW_IDX. + Return the index. */ + +static Idx +internal_function +re_string_skip_chars (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_raw_idx, wint_t *last_wc) +{ + mbstate_t prev_st; + Idx rawbuf_idx; + size_t mbclen; + wint_t wc = WEOF; + + /* Skip the characters which are not necessary to check. */ + for (rawbuf_idx = pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->valid_raw_len; + rawbuf_idx < new_raw_idx;) + { + wchar_t wc2; + Idx remain_len; + remain_len = pstr->len - rawbuf_idx; + prev_st = pstr->cur_state; + mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx, + remain_len, &pstr->cur_state); + if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -2 || mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0, 0)) + { + /* We treat these cases as a single byte character. */ + if (mbclen == 0 || remain_len == 0) + wc = L'\0'; + else + wc = *(unsigned char *) (pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx); + mbclen = 1; + pstr->cur_state = prev_st; + } + else + wc = wc2; + /* Then proceed the next character. */ + rawbuf_idx += mbclen; + } + *last_wc = wc; + return rawbuf_idx; +} +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +/* Build the buffer PSTR->MBS, and apply the translation if we need. + This function is used in case of REG_ICASE. */ + +static void +internal_function +build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) +{ + Idx char_idx, end_idx; + end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len; + + for (char_idx = pstr->valid_len; char_idx < end_idx; ++char_idx) + { + int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + char_idx]; + if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0)) + ch = pstr->trans[ch]; + if (islower (ch)) + pstr->mbs[char_idx] = toupper (ch); + else + pstr->mbs[char_idx] = ch; + } + pstr->valid_len = char_idx; + pstr->valid_raw_len = char_idx; +} + +/* Apply TRANS to the buffer in PSTR. */ + +static void +internal_function +re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) +{ + Idx buf_idx, end_idx; + end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len; + + for (buf_idx = pstr->valid_len; buf_idx < end_idx; ++buf_idx) + { + int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + buf_idx]; + pstr->mbs[buf_idx] = pstr->trans[ch]; + } + + pstr->valid_len = buf_idx; + pstr->valid_raw_len = buf_idx; +} + +/* This function re-construct the buffers. + Concretely, convert to wide character in case of pstr->mb_cur_max > 1, + convert to upper case in case of REG_ICASE, apply translation. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_string_reconstruct (re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx, int eflags) +{ + Idx offset; + + if (BE (pstr->raw_mbs_idx <= idx, 0)) + offset = idx - pstr->raw_mbs_idx; + else + { + /* Reset buffer. */ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1) + memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + pstr->len = pstr->raw_len; + pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop; + pstr->valid_len = 0; + pstr->raw_mbs_idx = 0; + pstr->valid_raw_len = 0; + pstr->offsets_needed = 0; + pstr->tip_context = ((eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF + : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF); + if (!pstr->mbs_allocated) + pstr->mbs = (unsigned char *) pstr->raw_mbs; + offset = idx; + } + + if (BE (offset != 0, 1)) + { + /* Should the already checked characters be kept? */ + if (BE (offset < pstr->valid_raw_len, 1)) + { + /* Yes, move them to the front of the buffer. */ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed, 0)) + { + Idx low = 0, high = pstr->valid_len, mid; + do + { + mid = (high + low) / 2; + if (pstr->offsets[mid] > offset) + high = mid; + else if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset) + low = mid + 1; + else + break; + } + while (low < high); + if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset) + ++mid; + pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, mid - 1, + eflags); + /* This can be quite complicated, so handle specially + only the common and easy case where the character with + different length representation of lower and upper + case is present at or after offset. */ + if (pstr->valid_len > offset + && mid == offset && pstr->offsets[mid] == offset) + { + memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset, + (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t)); + memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset, pstr->valid_len - offset); + pstr->valid_len -= offset; + pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset; + for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; low++) + pstr->offsets[low] = pstr->offsets[low + offset] - offset; + } + else + { + /* Otherwise, just find out how long the partial multibyte + character at offset is and fill it with WEOF/255. */ + pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset; + pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset; + pstr->offsets_needed = 0; + while (mid > 0 && pstr->offsets[mid - 1] == offset) + --mid; + while (mid < pstr->valid_len) + if (pstr->wcs[mid] != WEOF) + break; + else + ++mid; + if (mid == pstr->valid_len) + pstr->valid_len = 0; + else + { + pstr->valid_len = pstr->offsets[mid] - offset; + if (pstr->valid_len) + { + for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; ++low) + pstr->wcs[low] = WEOF; + memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len); + } + } + pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len; + } + } + else +#endif + { + pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, offset - 1, + eflags); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1) + memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset, + (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t)); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0)) + memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset, + pstr->valid_len - offset); + pstr->valid_len -= offset; + pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset; +#if DEBUG + assert (pstr->valid_len > 0); +#endif + } + } + else + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* No, skip all characters until IDX. */ + Idx prev_valid_len = pstr->valid_len; + + if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed, 0)) + { + pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset; + pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset; + pstr->offsets_needed = 0; + } +#endif + pstr->valid_len = 0; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + Idx wcs_idx; + wint_t wc = WEOF; + + if (pstr->is_utf8) + { + const unsigned char *raw, *p, *end; + + /* Special case UTF-8. Multi-byte chars start with any + byte other than 0x80 - 0xbf. */ + raw = pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx; + end = raw + (offset - pstr->mb_cur_max); + if (end < pstr->raw_mbs) + end = pstr->raw_mbs; + p = raw + offset - 1; +#ifdef _LIBC + /* We know the wchar_t encoding is UCS4, so for the simple + case, ASCII characters, skip the conversion step. */ + if (isascii (*p) && BE (pstr->trans == NULL, 1)) + { + memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); + /* pstr->valid_len = 0; */ + wc = (wchar_t) *p; + } + else +#endif + for (; p >= end; --p) + if ((*p & 0xc0) != 0x80) + { + mbstate_t cur_state; + wchar_t wc2; + Idx mlen = raw + pstr->len - p; + unsigned char buf[6]; + size_t mbclen; + + if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0)) + { + int i = mlen < 6 ? mlen : 6; + while (--i >= 0) + buf[i] = pstr->trans[p[i]]; + } + /* XXX Don't use mbrtowc, we know which conversion + to use (UTF-8 -> UCS4). */ + memset (&cur_state, 0, sizeof (cur_state)); + mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) p, mlen, + &cur_state); + if (raw + offset - p <= mbclen + && mbclen < (size_t) -2) + { + memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', + sizeof (mbstate_t)); + pstr->valid_len = mbclen - (raw + offset - p); + wc = wc2; + } + break; + } + } + + if (wc == WEOF) + pstr->valid_len = re_string_skip_chars (pstr, idx, &wc) - idx; + if (wc == WEOF) + pstr->tip_context + = re_string_context_at (pstr, prev_valid_len - 1, eflags); + else + pstr->tip_context = ((BE (pstr->word_ops_used != 0, 0) + && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc)) + ? CONTEXT_WORD + : ((IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc) + && pstr->newline_anchor) + ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0)); + if (BE (pstr->valid_len, 0)) + { + for (wcs_idx = 0; wcs_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++wcs_idx) + pstr->wcs[wcs_idx] = WEOF; + if (pstr->mbs_allocated) + memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len); + } + pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len; + } + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + { + int c = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + offset - 1]; + pstr->valid_raw_len = 0; + if (pstr->trans) + c = pstr->trans[c]; + pstr->tip_context = (bitset_contain (pstr->word_char, c) + ? CONTEXT_WORD + : ((IS_NEWLINE (c) && pstr->newline_anchor) + ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0)); + } + } + if (!BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0)) + pstr->mbs += offset; + } + pstr->raw_mbs_idx = idx; + pstr->len -= offset; + pstr->stop -= offset; + + /* Then build the buffers. */ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + if (pstr->icase) + { + reg_errcode_t ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + } + else + build_wcs_buffer (pstr); + } + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0)) + { + if (pstr->icase) + build_upper_buffer (pstr); + else if (pstr->trans != NULL) + re_string_translate_buffer (pstr); + } + else + pstr->valid_len = pstr->len; + + pstr->cur_idx = 0; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static unsigned char +internal_function __attribute ((pure)) +re_string_peek_byte_case (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx) +{ + int ch; + Idx off; + + /* Handle the common (easiest) cases first. */ + if (BE (!pstr->mbs_allocated, 1)) + return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx); + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1 + && ! re_string_is_single_byte_char (pstr, pstr->cur_idx + idx)) + return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx); +#endif + + off = pstr->cur_idx + idx; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->offsets_needed) + off = pstr->offsets[off]; +#endif + + ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off]; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* Ensure that e.g. for tr_TR.UTF-8 BACKSLASH DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I + this function returns CAPITAL LETTER I instead of first byte of + DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I. The latter would confuse the parser, + since peek_byte_case doesn't advance cur_idx in any way. */ + if (pstr->offsets_needed && !isascii (ch)) + return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx); +#endif + + return ch; +} + +static unsigned char +internal_function __attribute ((pure)) +re_string_fetch_byte_case (re_string_t *pstr) +{ + if (BE (!pstr->mbs_allocated, 1)) + return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr); + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->offsets_needed) + { + Idx off; + int ch; + + /* For tr_TR.UTF-8 [[:islower:]] there is + [[: CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT lower:]] in mbs. Skip + in that case the whole multi-byte character and return + the original letter. On the other side, with + [[: DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I return [[:I, as doing + anything else would complicate things too much. */ + + if (!re_string_first_byte (pstr, pstr->cur_idx)) + return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr); + + off = pstr->offsets[pstr->cur_idx]; + ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off]; + + if (! isascii (ch)) + return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr); + + re_string_skip_bytes (pstr, + re_string_char_size_at (pstr, pstr->cur_idx)); + return ch; + } +#endif + + return pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->cur_idx++]; +} + +static void +internal_function +re_string_destruct (re_string_t *pstr) +{ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + re_free (pstr->wcs); + re_free (pstr->offsets); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (pstr->mbs_allocated) + re_free (pstr->mbs); +} + +/* Return the context at IDX in INPUT. */ + +static unsigned int +internal_function +re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx, int eflags) +{ + int c; + if (BE (! REG_VALID_INDEX (idx), 0)) + /* In this case, we use the value stored in input->tip_context, + since we can't know the character in input->mbs[-1] here. */ + return input->tip_context; + if (BE (idx == input->len, 0)) + return ((eflags & REG_NOTEOL) ? CONTEXT_ENDBUF + : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_ENDBUF); +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (input->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + wint_t wc; + Idx wc_idx = idx; + while(input->wcs[wc_idx] == WEOF) + { +#ifdef DEBUG + /* It must not happen. */ + assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (wc_idx)); +#endif + --wc_idx; + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (wc_idx)) + return input->tip_context; + } + wc = input->wcs[wc_idx]; + if (BE (input->word_ops_used != 0, 0) && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc)) + return CONTEXT_WORD; + return (IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc) && input->newline_anchor + ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0); + } + else +#endif + { + c = re_string_byte_at (input, idx); + if (bitset_contain (input->word_char, c)) + return CONTEXT_WORD; + return IS_NEWLINE (c) && input->newline_anchor ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0; + } +} + +/* Functions for set operation. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_alloc (re_node_set *set, Idx size) +{ + set->alloc = size; + set->nelem = 0; + set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, size); + if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_init_1 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem) +{ + set->alloc = 1; + set->nelem = 1; + set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 1); + if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0)) + { + set->alloc = set->nelem = 0; + return REG_ESPACE; + } + set->elems[0] = elem; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_init_2 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem1, Idx elem2) +{ + set->alloc = 2; + set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 2); + if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + if (elem1 == elem2) + { + set->nelem = 1; + set->elems[0] = elem1; + } + else + { + set->nelem = 2; + if (elem1 < elem2) + { + set->elems[0] = elem1; + set->elems[1] = elem2; + } + else + { + set->elems[0] = elem2; + set->elems[1] = elem1; + } + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_init_copy (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src) +{ + dest->nelem = src->nelem; + if (src->nelem > 0) + { + dest->alloc = dest->nelem; + dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc); + if (BE (dest->elems == NULL, 0)) + { + dest->alloc = dest->nelem = 0; + return REG_ESPACE; + } + memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx)); + } + else + re_node_set_init_empty (dest); + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Calculate the intersection of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And merge it to + DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded. + Note: We assume dest->elems is NULL, when dest->alloc is 0. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_add_intersect (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1, + const re_node_set *src2) +{ + Idx i1, i2, is, id, delta, sbase; + if (src1->nelem == 0 || src2->nelem == 0) + return REG_NOERROR; + + /* We need dest->nelem + 2 * elems_in_intersection; this is a + conservative estimate. */ + if (src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->nelem > dest->alloc) + { + Idx new_alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->alloc; + Idx *new_elems = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc); + if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + dest->elems = new_elems; + dest->alloc = new_alloc; + } + + /* Find the items in the intersection of SRC1 and SRC2, and copy + into the top of DEST those that are not already in DEST itself. */ + sbase = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem; + i1 = src1->nelem - 1; + i2 = src2->nelem - 1; + id = dest->nelem - 1; + for (;;) + { + if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2]) + { + /* Try to find the item in DEST. Maybe we could binary search? */ + while (REG_VALID_INDEX (id) && dest->elems[id] > src1->elems[i1]) + --id; + + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (id) || dest->elems[id] != src1->elems[i1]) + dest->elems[--sbase] = src1->elems[i1]; + + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i1) || ! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i2)) + break; + } + + /* Lower the highest of the two items. */ + else if (src1->elems[i1] < src2->elems[i2]) + { + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i2)) + break; + } + else + { + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i1)) + break; + } + } + + id = dest->nelem - 1; + is = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem - 1; + delta = is - sbase + 1; + + /* Now copy. When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining + DEST elements are already in place; this is more or + less the same loop that is in re_node_set_merge. */ + dest->nelem += delta; + if (delta > 0 && REG_VALID_INDEX (id)) + for (;;) + { + if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id]) + { + /* Copy from the top. */ + dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--]; + if (delta == 0) + break; + } + else + { + /* Slide from the bottom. */ + dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id]; + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--id)) + break; + } + } + + /* Copy remaining SRC elements. */ + memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase, delta * sizeof (Idx)); + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Calculate the union set of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And store it to + DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_init_union (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1, + const re_node_set *src2) +{ + Idx i1, i2, id; + if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0 && src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0) + { + dest->alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem; + dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc); + if (BE (dest->elems == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + else + { + if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0) + return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src1); + else if (src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0) + return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src2); + else + re_node_set_init_empty (dest); + return REG_NOERROR; + } + for (i1 = i2 = id = 0 ; i1 < src1->nelem && i2 < src2->nelem ;) + { + if (src1->elems[i1] > src2->elems[i2]) + { + dest->elems[id++] = src2->elems[i2++]; + continue; + } + if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2]) + ++i2; + dest->elems[id++] = src1->elems[i1++]; + } + if (i1 < src1->nelem) + { + memcpy (dest->elems + id, src1->elems + i1, + (src1->nelem - i1) * sizeof (Idx)); + id += src1->nelem - i1; + } + else if (i2 < src2->nelem) + { + memcpy (dest->elems + id, src2->elems + i2, + (src2->nelem - i2) * sizeof (Idx)); + id += src2->nelem - i2; + } + dest->nelem = id; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Calculate the union set of the sets DEST and SRC. And store it to + DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_merge (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src) +{ + Idx is, id, sbase, delta; + if (src == NULL || src->nelem == 0) + return REG_NOERROR; + if (dest->alloc < 2 * src->nelem + dest->nelem) + { + Idx new_alloc = 2 * (src->nelem + dest->alloc); + Idx *new_buffer = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc); + if (BE (new_buffer == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + dest->elems = new_buffer; + dest->alloc = new_alloc; + } + + if (BE (dest->nelem == 0, 0)) + { + dest->nelem = src->nelem; + memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx)); + return REG_NOERROR; + } + + /* Copy into the top of DEST the items of SRC that are not + found in DEST. Maybe we could binary search in DEST? */ + for (sbase = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem, + is = src->nelem - 1, id = dest->nelem - 1; + REG_VALID_INDEX (is) && REG_VALID_INDEX (id); ) + { + if (dest->elems[id] == src->elems[is]) + is--, id--; + else if (dest->elems[id] < src->elems[is]) + dest->elems[--sbase] = src->elems[is--]; + else /* if (dest->elems[id] > src->elems[is]) */ + --id; + } + + if (REG_VALID_INDEX (is)) + { + /* If DEST is exhausted, the remaining items of SRC must be unique. */ + sbase -= is + 1; + memcpy (dest->elems + sbase, src->elems, (is + 1) * sizeof (Idx)); + } + + id = dest->nelem - 1; + is = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem - 1; + delta = is - sbase + 1; + if (delta == 0) + return REG_NOERROR; + + /* Now copy. When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining + DEST elements are already in place. */ + dest->nelem += delta; + for (;;) + { + if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id]) + { + /* Copy from the top. */ + dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--]; + if (delta == 0) + break; + } + else + { + /* Slide from the bottom. */ + dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id]; + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--id)) + { + /* Copy remaining SRC elements. */ + memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase, + delta * sizeof (Idx)); + break; + } + } + } + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET. + SET should not already have ELEM. + Return true if successful. */ + +static bool +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_insert (re_node_set *set, Idx elem) +{ + Idx idx; + /* In case the set is empty. */ + if (set->alloc == 0) + return BE (re_node_set_init_1 (set, elem) == REG_NOERROR, 1); + + if (BE (set->nelem, 0) == 0) + { + /* We already guaranteed above that set->alloc != 0. */ + set->elems[0] = elem; + ++set->nelem; + return true; + } + + /* Realloc if we need. */ + if (set->alloc == set->nelem) + { + Idx *new_elems; + set->alloc = set->alloc * 2; + new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc); + if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0)) + return false; + set->elems = new_elems; + } + + /* Move the elements which follows the new element. Test the + first element separately to skip a check in the inner loop. */ + if (elem < set->elems[0]) + { + idx = 0; + for (idx = set->nelem; idx > 0; idx--) + set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1]; + } + else + { + for (idx = set->nelem; set->elems[idx - 1] > elem; idx--) + set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1]; + } + + /* Insert the new element. */ + set->elems[idx] = elem; + ++set->nelem; + return true; +} + +/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET. + SET should not already have any element greater than or equal to ELEM. + Return true if successful. */ + +static bool +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_node_set_insert_last (re_node_set *set, Idx elem) +{ + /* Realloc if we need. */ + if (set->alloc == set->nelem) + { + Idx *new_elems; + set->alloc = (set->alloc + 1) * 2; + new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc); + if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0)) + return false; + set->elems = new_elems; + } + + /* Insert the new element. */ + set->elems[set->nelem++] = elem; + return true; +} + +/* Compare two node sets SET1 and SET2. + Return true if SET1 and SET2 are equivalent. */ + +static bool +internal_function __attribute ((pure)) +re_node_set_compare (const re_node_set *set1, const re_node_set *set2) +{ + Idx i; + if (set1 == NULL || set2 == NULL || set1->nelem != set2->nelem) + return false; + for (i = set1->nelem ; REG_VALID_INDEX (--i) ; ) + if (set1->elems[i] != set2->elems[i]) + return false; + return true; +} + +/* Return (idx + 1) if SET contains the element ELEM, return 0 otherwise. */ + +static Idx +internal_function __attribute ((pure)) +re_node_set_contains (const re_node_set *set, Idx elem) +{ + __re_size_t idx, right, mid; + if (! REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (set->nelem)) + return 0; + + /* Binary search the element. */ + idx = 0; + right = set->nelem - 1; + while (idx < right) + { + mid = (idx + right) / 2; + if (set->elems[mid] < elem) + idx = mid + 1; + else + right = mid; + } + return set->elems[idx] == elem ? idx + 1 : 0; +} + +static void +internal_function +re_node_set_remove_at (re_node_set *set, Idx idx) +{ + if (idx < 0 || idx >= set->nelem) + return; + --set->nelem; + for (; idx < set->nelem; idx++) + set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx + 1]; +} + + +/* Add the token TOKEN to dfa->nodes, and return the index of the token. + Or return REG_MISSING if an error occurred. */ + +static Idx +internal_function +re_dfa_add_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t token) +{ + if (BE (dfa->nodes_len >= dfa->nodes_alloc, 0)) + { + size_t new_nodes_alloc = dfa->nodes_alloc * 2; + Idx *new_nexts, *new_indices; + re_node_set *new_edests, *new_eclosures; + re_token_t *new_nodes; + size_t max_object_size = + MAX (sizeof (re_token_t), + MAX (sizeof (re_node_set), + sizeof (Idx))); + + /* Avoid overflows. */ + if (BE (SIZE_MAX / 2 / max_object_size < dfa->nodes_alloc, 0)) + return REG_MISSING; + + new_nodes = re_realloc (dfa->nodes, re_token_t, new_nodes_alloc); + if (BE (new_nodes == NULL, 0)) + return REG_MISSING; + dfa->nodes = new_nodes; + new_nexts = re_realloc (dfa->nexts, Idx, new_nodes_alloc); + new_indices = re_realloc (dfa->org_indices, Idx, new_nodes_alloc); + new_edests = re_realloc (dfa->edests, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc); + new_eclosures = re_realloc (dfa->eclosures, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc); + if (BE (new_nexts == NULL || new_indices == NULL + || new_edests == NULL || new_eclosures == NULL, 0)) + return REG_MISSING; + dfa->nexts = new_nexts; + dfa->org_indices = new_indices; + dfa->edests = new_edests; + dfa->eclosures = new_eclosures; + dfa->nodes_alloc = new_nodes_alloc; + } + dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len] = token; + dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].constraint = 0; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + { + int type = token.type; + dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].accept_mb = + (type == OP_PERIOD && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) || type == COMPLEX_BRACKET; + } +#endif + dfa->nexts[dfa->nodes_len] = REG_MISSING; + re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->edests + dfa->nodes_len); + re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->eclosures + dfa->nodes_len); + return dfa->nodes_len++; +} + +static inline re_hashval_t +internal_function +calc_state_hash (const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context) +{ + re_hashval_t hash = nodes->nelem + context; + Idx i; + for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++) + hash += nodes->elems[i]; + return hash; +} + +/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES. + Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA. + Otherwise create the new one and return it. In case of an error + return NULL and set the error code in ERR. + Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that + return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR. + - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for + optimization. */ + +static re_dfastate_t * +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_acquire_state (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa, + const re_node_set *nodes) +{ + re_hashval_t hash; + re_dfastate_t *new_state; + struct re_state_table_entry *spot; + Idx i; +#ifdef lint + /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings. */ + *err = REG_NOERROR; +#endif + if (BE (nodes->nelem == 0, 0)) + { + *err = REG_NOERROR; + return NULL; + } + hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, 0); + spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask); + + for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++) + { + re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i]; + if (hash != state->hash) + continue; + if (re_node_set_compare (&state->nodes, nodes)) + return state; + } + + /* There are no appropriate state in the dfa, create the new one. */ + new_state = create_ci_newstate (dfa, nodes, hash); + if (BE (new_state == NULL, 0)) + *err = REG_ESPACE; + + return new_state; +} + +/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES and + whose context is equivalent to CONTEXT. + Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA. + Otherwise create the new one and return it. In case of an error + return NULL and set the error code in ERR. + Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that + return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR. + - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for + optimization. */ + +static re_dfastate_t * +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_acquire_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa, + const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context) +{ + re_hashval_t hash; + re_dfastate_t *new_state; + struct re_state_table_entry *spot; + Idx i; +#ifdef lint + /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings. */ + *err = REG_NOERROR; +#endif + if (nodes->nelem == 0) + { + *err = REG_NOERROR; + return NULL; + } + hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, context); + spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask); + + for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++) + { + re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i]; + if (state->hash == hash + && state->context == context + && re_node_set_compare (state->entrance_nodes, nodes)) + return state; + } + /* There are no appropriate state in `dfa', create the new one. */ + new_state = create_cd_newstate (dfa, nodes, context, hash); + if (BE (new_state == NULL, 0)) + *err = REG_ESPACE; + + return new_state; +} + +/* Finish initialization of the new state NEWSTATE, and using its hash value + HASH put in the appropriate bucket of DFA's state table. Return value + indicates the error code if failed. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +__attribute_warn_unused_result__ +register_state (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *newstate, + re_hashval_t hash) +{ + struct re_state_table_entry *spot; + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx i; + + newstate->hash = hash; + err = re_node_set_alloc (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, newstate->nodes.nelem); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + for (i = 0; i < newstate->nodes.nelem; i++) + { + Idx elem = newstate->nodes.elems[i]; + if (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[elem].type)) + if (BE (! re_node_set_insert_last (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, elem), 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + + spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask); + if (BE (spot->alloc <= spot->num, 0)) + { + Idx new_alloc = 2 * spot->num + 2; + re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (spot->array, re_dfastate_t *, + new_alloc); + if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + spot->array = new_array; + spot->alloc = new_alloc; + } + spot->array[spot->num++] = newstate; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static void +free_state (re_dfastate_t *state) +{ + re_node_set_free (&state->non_eps_nodes); + re_node_set_free (&state->inveclosure); + if (state->entrance_nodes != &state->nodes) + { + re_node_set_free (state->entrance_nodes); + re_free (state->entrance_nodes); + } + re_node_set_free (&state->nodes); + re_free (state->word_trtable); + re_free (state->trtable); + re_free (state); +} + +/* Create the new state which is independ of contexts. + Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL. */ + +static re_dfastate_t * +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes, + re_hashval_t hash) +{ + Idx i; + reg_errcode_t err; + re_dfastate_t *newstate; + + newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1); + if (BE (newstate == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_free (newstate); + return NULL; + } + + newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes; + for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++) + { + re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i]; + re_token_type_t type = node->type; + if (type == CHARACTER && !node->constraint) + continue; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb; +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state. */ + if (type == END_OF_RE) + newstate->halt = 1; + else if (type == OP_BACK_REF) + newstate->has_backref = 1; + else if (type == ANCHOR || node->constraint) + newstate->has_constraint = 1; + } + err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + free_state (newstate); + newstate = NULL; + } + return newstate; +} + +/* Create the new state which is depend on the context CONTEXT. + Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL. */ + +static re_dfastate_t * +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes, + unsigned int context, re_hashval_t hash) +{ + Idx i, nctx_nodes = 0; + reg_errcode_t err; + re_dfastate_t *newstate; + + newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1); + if (BE (newstate == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_free (newstate); + return NULL; + } + + newstate->context = context; + newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes; + + for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++) + { + re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i]; + re_token_type_t type = node->type; + unsigned int constraint = node->constraint; + + if (type == CHARACTER && !constraint) + continue; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb; +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state. */ + if (type == END_OF_RE) + newstate->halt = 1; + else if (type == OP_BACK_REF) + newstate->has_backref = 1; + + if (constraint) + { + if (newstate->entrance_nodes == &newstate->nodes) + { + newstate->entrance_nodes = re_malloc (re_node_set, 1); + if (BE (newstate->entrance_nodes == NULL, 0)) + { + free_state (newstate); + return NULL; + } + if (re_node_set_init_copy (newstate->entrance_nodes, nodes) + != REG_NOERROR) + return NULL; + nctx_nodes = 0; + newstate->has_constraint = 1; + } + + if (NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT (constraint,context)) + { + re_node_set_remove_at (&newstate->nodes, i - nctx_nodes); + ++nctx_nodes; + } + } + } + err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + free_state (newstate); + newstate = NULL; + } + return newstate; +} diff --git a/gnulib/regex_internal.h b/gnulib/regex_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1b4c61b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/regex_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,871 @@ +/* Extended regular expression matching and search library. + Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free + Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa . + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _REGEX_INTERNAL_H +#define _REGEX_INTERNAL_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#ifndef _LIBC +# include "localcharset.h" +#endif +#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#if defined _LIBC +# include +#else +# define __libc_lock_init(NAME) do { } while (0) +# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) do { } while (0) +# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) do { } while (0) +#endif + +/* In case that the system doesn't have isblank(). */ +#if !defined _LIBC && ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK)) +# define isblank(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t') +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# ifndef _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS +# define _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS 1 +# include +# include +# include +# endif +#endif + +/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. */ +#if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC +# include +# ifdef _LIBC +# undef gettext +# define gettext(msgid) \ + INTUSE(__dcgettext) (_libc_intl_domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +# endif +#else +# define gettext(msgid) (msgid) +#endif + +#ifndef gettext_noop +/* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable + strings. */ +# define gettext_noop(String) String +#endif + +/* For loser systems without the definition. */ +#ifndef SIZE_MAX +# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1) +#endif + +#if (defined MB_CUR_MAX && HAVE_LOCALE_H && HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_ISWCTYPE && HAVE_WCSCOLL) || _LIBC +# define RE_ENABLE_I18N +#endif + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +# define BE(expr, val) __builtin_expect (expr, val) +#else +# define BE(expr, val) (expr) +# ifdef _LIBC +# define inline +# endif +#endif + +/* Number of ASCII characters. */ +#define ASCII_CHARS 0x80 + +/* Number of single byte characters. */ +#define SBC_MAX (UCHAR_MAX + 1) + +#define COLL_ELEM_LEN_MAX 8 + +/* The character which represents newline. */ +#define NEWLINE_CHAR '\n' +#define WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR L'\n' + +/* Rename to standard API for using out of glibc. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __wctype wctype +# define __iswctype iswctype +# define __btowc btowc +# define __wcrtomb wcrtomb +# define __mbrtowc mbrtowc +# define __regfree regfree +# define attribute_hidden +#endif /* not _LIBC */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1) +# define __attribute(arg) __attribute__ (arg) +#else +# define __attribute(arg) +#endif + +typedef __re_idx_t Idx; + +/* Special return value for failure to match. */ +#define REG_MISSING ((Idx) -1) + +/* Special return value for internal error. */ +#define REG_ERROR ((Idx) -2) + +/* Test whether N is a valid index, and is not one of the above. */ +#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS +# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) ((Idx) (n) < REG_ERROR) +#else +# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) (0 <= (n)) +#endif + +/* Test whether N is a valid nonzero index. */ +#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS +# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) ((Idx) ((n) - 1) < (Idx) (REG_ERROR - 1)) +#else +# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) (0 < (n)) +#endif + +/* A hash value, suitable for computing hash tables. */ +typedef __re_size_t re_hashval_t; + +/* An integer used to represent a set of bits. It must be unsigned, + and must be at least as wide as unsigned int. */ +typedef unsigned long int bitset_word_t; +/* All bits set in a bitset_word_t. */ +#define BITSET_WORD_MAX ULONG_MAX + +/* Number of bits in a bitset_word_t. For portability to hosts with + padding bits, do not use '(sizeof (bitset_word_t) * CHAR_BIT)'; + instead, deduce it directly from BITSET_WORD_MAX. Avoid + greater-than-32-bit integers and unconditional shifts by more than + 31 bits, as they're not portable. */ +#if BITSET_WORD_MAX == 0xffffffffUL +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 32 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 4 == 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 36 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 16 == 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 48 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 28 == 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 60 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 64 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 9 == 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 72 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 3 == 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 128 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 == 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 256 +#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 > 1 +# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 257 /* any value > SBC_MAX will do here */ +# if BITSET_WORD_BITS <= SBC_MAX +# error "Invalid SBC_MAX" +# endif +#else +# error "Add case for new bitset_word_t size" +#endif + +/* Number of bitset_word_t values in a bitset_t. */ +#define BITSET_WORDS ((SBC_MAX + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS) + +typedef bitset_word_t bitset_t[BITSET_WORDS]; +typedef bitset_word_t *re_bitset_ptr_t; +typedef const bitset_word_t *re_const_bitset_ptr_t; + +#define PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0001 +#define PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0002 +#define NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0004 +#define NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0008 +#define PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0010 +#define NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0020 +#define PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0040 +#define NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0080 +#define WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0100 +#define NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0200 + +typedef enum +{ + INSIDE_WORD = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT, + WORD_FIRST = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT, + WORD_LAST = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT, + INSIDE_NOTWORD = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT, + LINE_FIRST = PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT, + LINE_LAST = NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT, + BUF_FIRST = PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT, + BUF_LAST = NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT, + WORD_DELIM = WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT, + NOT_WORD_DELIM = NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT +} re_context_type; + +typedef struct +{ + Idx alloc; + Idx nelem; + Idx *elems; +} re_node_set; + +typedef enum +{ + NON_TYPE = 0, + + /* Node type, These are used by token, node, tree. */ + CHARACTER = 1, + END_OF_RE = 2, + SIMPLE_BRACKET = 3, + OP_BACK_REF = 4, + OP_PERIOD = 5, +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + COMPLEX_BRACKET = 6, + OP_UTF8_PERIOD = 7, +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + /* We define EPSILON_BIT as a macro so that OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is used + when the debugger shows values of this enum type. */ +#define EPSILON_BIT 8 + OP_OPEN_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 0, + OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 1, + OP_ALT = EPSILON_BIT | 2, + OP_DUP_ASTERISK = EPSILON_BIT | 3, + ANCHOR = EPSILON_BIT | 4, + + /* Tree type, these are used only by tree. */ + CONCAT = 16, + SUBEXP = 17, + + /* Token type, these are used only by token. */ + OP_DUP_PLUS = 18, + OP_DUP_QUESTION, + OP_OPEN_BRACKET, + OP_CLOSE_BRACKET, + OP_CHARSET_RANGE, + OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM, + OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM, + OP_NON_MATCH_LIST, + OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM, + OP_CLOSE_COLL_ELEM, + OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS, + OP_CLOSE_EQUIV_CLASS, + OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS, + OP_CLOSE_CHAR_CLASS, + OP_WORD, + OP_NOTWORD, + OP_SPACE, + OP_NOTSPACE, + BACK_SLASH + +} re_token_type_t; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +typedef struct +{ + /* Multibyte characters. */ + wchar_t *mbchars; + + /* Collating symbols. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + int32_t *coll_syms; +# endif + + /* Equivalence classes. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + int32_t *equiv_classes; +# endif + + /* Range expressions. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + uint32_t *range_starts; + uint32_t *range_ends; +# else /* not _LIBC */ + wchar_t *range_starts; + wchar_t *range_ends; +# endif /* not _LIBC */ + + /* Character classes. */ + wctype_t *char_classes; + + /* If this character set is the non-matching list. */ + unsigned int non_match : 1; + + /* # of multibyte characters. */ + Idx nmbchars; + + /* # of collating symbols. */ + Idx ncoll_syms; + + /* # of equivalence classes. */ + Idx nequiv_classes; + + /* # of range expressions. */ + Idx nranges; + + /* # of character classes. */ + Idx nchar_classes; +} re_charset_t; +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +typedef struct +{ + union + { + unsigned char c; /* for CHARACTER */ + re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset; /* for SIMPLE_BRACKET */ +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + re_charset_t *mbcset; /* for COMPLEX_BRACKET */ +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + Idx idx; /* for BACK_REF */ + re_context_type ctx_type; /* for ANCHOR */ + } opr; +#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !__STRICT_ANSI__ + re_token_type_t type : 8; +#else + re_token_type_t type; +#endif + unsigned int constraint : 10; /* context constraint */ + unsigned int duplicated : 1; + unsigned int opt_subexp : 1; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + unsigned int accept_mb : 1; + /* These 2 bits can be moved into the union if needed (e.g. if running out + of bits; move opr.c to opr.c.c and move the flags to opr.c.flags). */ + unsigned int mb_partial : 1; +#endif + unsigned int word_char : 1; +} re_token_t; + +#define IS_EPSILON_NODE(type) ((type) & EPSILON_BIT) + +struct re_string_t +{ + /* Indicate the raw buffer which is the original string passed as an + argument of regexec(), re_search(), etc.. */ + const unsigned char *raw_mbs; + /* Store the multibyte string. In case of "case insensitive mode" like + REG_ICASE, upper cases of the string are stored, otherwise MBS points + the same address that RAW_MBS points. */ + unsigned char *mbs; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* Store the wide character string which is corresponding to MBS. */ + wint_t *wcs; + Idx *offsets; + mbstate_t cur_state; +#endif + /* Index in RAW_MBS. Each character mbs[i] corresponds to + raw_mbs[raw_mbs_idx + i]. */ + Idx raw_mbs_idx; + /* The length of the valid characters in the buffers. */ + Idx valid_len; + /* The corresponding number of bytes in raw_mbs array. */ + Idx valid_raw_len; + /* The length of the buffers MBS and WCS. */ + Idx bufs_len; + /* The index in MBS, which is updated by re_string_fetch_byte. */ + Idx cur_idx; + /* length of RAW_MBS array. */ + Idx raw_len; + /* This is RAW_LEN - RAW_MBS_IDX + VALID_LEN - VALID_RAW_LEN. */ + Idx len; + /* End of the buffer may be shorter than its length in the cases such + as re_match_2, re_search_2. Then, we use STOP for end of the buffer + instead of LEN. */ + Idx raw_stop; + /* This is RAW_STOP - RAW_MBS_IDX adjusted through OFFSETS. */ + Idx stop; + + /* The context of mbs[0]. We store the context independently, since + the context of mbs[0] may be different from raw_mbs[0], which is + the beginning of the input string. */ + unsigned int tip_context; + /* The translation passed as a part of an argument of re_compile_pattern. */ + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans; + /* Copy of re_dfa_t's word_char. */ + re_const_bitset_ptr_t word_char; + /* true if REG_ICASE. */ + unsigned char icase; + unsigned char is_utf8; + unsigned char map_notascii; + unsigned char mbs_allocated; + unsigned char offsets_needed; + unsigned char newline_anchor; + unsigned char word_ops_used; + int mb_cur_max; +}; +typedef struct re_string_t re_string_t; + + +struct re_dfa_t; +typedef struct re_dfa_t re_dfa_t; + +#ifndef _LIBC +# if defined __i386__ && !defined __EMX__ +# define internal_function __attribute ((regparm (3), stdcall)) +# else +# define internal_function +# endif +#endif + +static reg_errcode_t re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr, + Idx new_buf_len) + internal_function; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static void build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) + internal_function; +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +static void build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function; +static void re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function; +static unsigned int re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx, + int eflags) + internal_function __attribute ((pure)); +#define re_string_peek_byte(pstr, offset) \ + ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx + offset]) +#define re_string_fetch_byte(pstr) \ + ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx++]) +#define re_string_first_byte(pstr, idx) \ + ((idx) == (pstr)->valid_len || (pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF) +#define re_string_is_single_byte_char(pstr, idx) \ + ((pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF && ((pstr)->valid_len == (idx) + 1 \ + || (pstr)->wcs[(idx) + 1] != WEOF)) +#define re_string_eoi(pstr) ((pstr)->stop <= (pstr)->cur_idx) +#define re_string_cur_idx(pstr) ((pstr)->cur_idx) +#define re_string_get_buffer(pstr) ((pstr)->mbs) +#define re_string_length(pstr) ((pstr)->len) +#define re_string_byte_at(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->mbs[idx]) +#define re_string_skip_bytes(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx += (idx)) +#define re_string_set_index(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx = (idx)) + +#include + +#ifndef _LIBC +# if HAVE_ALLOCA +/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack, + and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely + allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes. Also care for the possibility + of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */ +# define __libc_use_alloca(n) ((n) < 4032) +# else +/* alloca is implemented with malloc, so just use malloc. */ +# define __libc_use_alloca(n) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#endif + +#define re_malloc(t,n) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t))) +#define re_realloc(p,t,n) ((t *) realloc (p, (n) * sizeof (t))) +#define re_free(p) free (p) + +struct bin_tree_t +{ + struct bin_tree_t *parent; + struct bin_tree_t *left; + struct bin_tree_t *right; + struct bin_tree_t *first; + struct bin_tree_t *next; + + re_token_t token; + + /* `node_idx' is the index in dfa->nodes, if `type' == 0. + Otherwise `type' indicate the type of this node. */ + Idx node_idx; +}; +typedef struct bin_tree_t bin_tree_t; + +#define BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE \ + ((1024 - sizeof (void *)) / sizeof (bin_tree_t)) + +struct bin_tree_storage_t +{ + struct bin_tree_storage_t *next; + bin_tree_t data[BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE]; +}; +typedef struct bin_tree_storage_t bin_tree_storage_t; + +#define CONTEXT_WORD 1 +#define CONTEXT_NEWLINE (CONTEXT_WORD << 1) +#define CONTEXT_BEGBUF (CONTEXT_NEWLINE << 1) +#define CONTEXT_ENDBUF (CONTEXT_BEGBUF << 1) + +#define IS_WORD_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_WORD) +#define IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_NEWLINE) +#define IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_BEGBUF) +#define IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_ENDBUF) +#define IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT(c) ((c) == 0) + +#define IS_WORD_CHAR(ch) (isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '_') +#define IS_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == NEWLINE_CHAR) +#define IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR(ch) (iswalnum (ch) || (ch) == L'_') +#define IS_WIDE_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR) + +#define NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \ + ((((constraint) & PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \ + || ((constraint & PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \ + || ((constraint & PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))\ + || ((constraint & PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context))) + +#define NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \ + ((((constraint) & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \ + || (((constraint) & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \ + || (((constraint) & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) \ + || (((constraint) & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT (context))) + +struct re_dfastate_t +{ + re_hashval_t hash; + re_node_set nodes; + re_node_set non_eps_nodes; + re_node_set inveclosure; + re_node_set *entrance_nodes; + struct re_dfastate_t **trtable, **word_trtable; + unsigned int context : 4; + unsigned int halt : 1; + /* If this state can accept `multi byte'. + Note that we refer to multibyte characters, and multi character + collating elements as `multi byte'. */ + unsigned int accept_mb : 1; + /* If this state has backreference node(s). */ + unsigned int has_backref : 1; + unsigned int has_constraint : 1; +}; +typedef struct re_dfastate_t re_dfastate_t; + +struct re_state_table_entry +{ + Idx num; + Idx alloc; + re_dfastate_t **array; +}; + +/* Array type used in re_sub_match_last_t and re_sub_match_top_t. */ + +typedef struct +{ + Idx next_idx; + Idx alloc; + re_dfastate_t **array; +} state_array_t; + +/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP. */ + +typedef struct +{ + Idx node; + Idx str_idx; /* The position NODE match at. */ + state_array_t path; +} re_sub_match_last_t; + +/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP. + And information about the node, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, + corresponding to NODE is stored in LASTS. */ + +typedef struct +{ + Idx str_idx; + Idx node; + state_array_t *path; + Idx alasts; /* Allocation size of LASTS. */ + Idx nlasts; /* The number of LASTS. */ + re_sub_match_last_t **lasts; +} re_sub_match_top_t; + +struct re_backref_cache_entry +{ + Idx node; + Idx str_idx; + Idx subexp_from; + Idx subexp_to; + char more; + char unused; + unsigned short int eps_reachable_subexps_map; +}; + +typedef struct +{ + /* The string object corresponding to the input string. */ + re_string_t input; +#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + const re_dfa_t *const dfa; +#else + const re_dfa_t *dfa; +#endif + /* EFLAGS of the argument of regexec. */ + int eflags; + /* Where the matching ends. */ + Idx match_last; + Idx last_node; + /* The state log used by the matcher. */ + re_dfastate_t **state_log; + Idx state_log_top; + /* Back reference cache. */ + Idx nbkref_ents; + Idx abkref_ents; + struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents; + int max_mb_elem_len; + Idx nsub_tops; + Idx asub_tops; + re_sub_match_top_t **sub_tops; +} re_match_context_t; + +typedef struct +{ + re_dfastate_t **sifted_states; + re_dfastate_t **limited_states; + Idx last_node; + Idx last_str_idx; + re_node_set limits; +} re_sift_context_t; + +struct re_fail_stack_ent_t +{ + Idx idx; + Idx node; + regmatch_t *regs; + re_node_set eps_via_nodes; +}; + +struct re_fail_stack_t +{ + Idx num; + Idx alloc; + struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *stack; +}; + +struct re_dfa_t +{ + re_token_t *nodes; + size_t nodes_alloc; + size_t nodes_len; + Idx *nexts; + Idx *org_indices; + re_node_set *edests; + re_node_set *eclosures; + re_node_set *inveclosures; + struct re_state_table_entry *state_table; + re_dfastate_t *init_state; + re_dfastate_t *init_state_word; + re_dfastate_t *init_state_nl; + re_dfastate_t *init_state_begbuf; + bin_tree_t *str_tree; + bin_tree_storage_t *str_tree_storage; + re_bitset_ptr_t sb_char; + int str_tree_storage_idx; + + /* number of subexpressions `re_nsub' is in regex_t. */ + re_hashval_t state_hash_mask; + Idx init_node; + Idx nbackref; /* The number of backreference in this dfa. */ + + /* Bitmap expressing which backreference is used. */ + bitset_word_t used_bkref_map; + bitset_word_t completed_bkref_map; + + unsigned int has_plural_match : 1; + /* If this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a backreference or + a node which can accept multibyte character or multi character + collating element. */ + unsigned int has_mb_node : 1; + unsigned int is_utf8 : 1; + unsigned int map_notascii : 1; + unsigned int word_ops_used : 1; + int mb_cur_max; + bitset_t word_char; + reg_syntax_t syntax; + Idx *subexp_map; +#ifdef DEBUG + char* re_str; +#endif +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_lock_define (, lock) +#endif +}; + +#define re_node_set_init_empty(set) memset (set, '\0', sizeof (re_node_set)) +#define re_node_set_remove(set,id) \ + (re_node_set_remove_at (set, re_node_set_contains (set, id) - 1)) +#define re_node_set_empty(p) ((p)->nelem = 0) +#define re_node_set_free(set) re_free ((set)->elems) + + +typedef enum +{ + SB_CHAR, + MB_CHAR, + EQUIV_CLASS, + COLL_SYM, + CHAR_CLASS +} bracket_elem_type; + +typedef struct +{ + bracket_elem_type type; + union + { + unsigned char ch; + unsigned char *name; + wchar_t wch; + } opr; +} bracket_elem_t; + + +/* Inline functions for bitset_t operation. */ + +static inline void +bitset_set (bitset_t set, Idx i) +{ + set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS; +} + +static inline void +bitset_clear (bitset_t set, Idx i) +{ + set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] &= ~ ((bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS); +} + +static inline bool +bitset_contain (const bitset_t set, Idx i) +{ + return (set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] >> i % BITSET_WORD_BITS) & 1; +} + +static inline void +bitset_empty (bitset_t set) +{ + memset (set, '\0', sizeof (bitset_t)); +} + +static inline void +bitset_set_all (bitset_t set) +{ + memset (set, -1, sizeof (bitset_word_t) * (SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS)); + if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0) + set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] = + ((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1; +} + +static inline void +bitset_copy (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src) +{ + memcpy (dest, src, sizeof (bitset_t)); +} + +static inline void +bitset_not (bitset_t set) +{ + int bitset_i; + for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++bitset_i) + set[bitset_i] = ~set[bitset_i]; + if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0) + set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] = + ((((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1) + & ~set[BITSET_WORDS - 1]); +} + +static inline void +bitset_merge (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src) +{ + int bitset_i; + for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i) + dest[bitset_i] |= src[bitset_i]; +} + +static inline void +bitset_mask (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src) +{ + int bitset_i; + for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i) + dest[bitset_i] &= src[bitset_i]; +} + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +/* Inline functions for re_string. */ +static inline int +internal_function __attribute ((pure)) +re_string_char_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx) +{ + int byte_idx; + if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1) + return 1; + for (byte_idx = 1; idx + byte_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++byte_idx) + if (pstr->wcs[idx + byte_idx] != WEOF) + break; + return byte_idx; +} + +static inline wint_t +internal_function __attribute ((pure)) +re_string_wchar_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx) +{ + if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1) + return (wint_t) pstr->mbs[idx]; + return (wint_t) pstr->wcs[idx]; +} + +static int +internal_function __attribute ((pure)) +re_string_elem_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx) +{ +# ifdef _LIBC + const unsigned char *p, *extra; + const int32_t *table, *indirect; + int32_t tmp; +# include + uint_fast32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + + if (nrules != 0) + { + table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB); + extra = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB); + indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB); + p = pstr->mbs + idx; + tmp = findidx (&p); + return p - pstr->mbs - idx; + } + else +# endif /* _LIBC */ + return 1; +} +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ +# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__ +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \ + ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min)) +# else +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4) +# undef __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \ + __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__)) +#else +# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */ +#endif + +#endif /* _REGEX_INTERNAL_H */ diff --git a/gnulib/regexec.c b/gnulib/regexec.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9388ac12b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnulib/regexec.c @@ -0,0 +1,4416 @@ +/* Extended regular expression matching and search library. + Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free + Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa . + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *cache, int eflags, + Idx n) internal_function; +static void match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx) internal_function; +static void match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *cache) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *cache, Idx node, + Idx str_idx, Idx from, Idx to) + internal_function; +static Idx search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, + Idx str_idx) internal_function; +static re_sub_match_last_t * match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop, + Idx node, Idx str_idx) + internal_function; +static void sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts, + re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node, + Idx last_str_idx) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg, + const char *string, Idx length, + Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop, + size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[], + int eflags) internal_function; +static regoff_t re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, + const char *string1, Idx length1, + const char *string2, Idx length2, + Idx start, regoff_t range, + struct re_registers *regs, + Idx stop, bool ret_len) internal_function; +static regoff_t re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, + const char *string, Idx length, Idx start, + regoff_t range, Idx stop, + struct re_registers *regs, + bool ret_len) internal_function; +static unsigned int re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch, + Idx nregs, int regs_allocated) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx) + internal_function; +static Idx check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match, + Idx *p_match_first) internal_function; +static Idx check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx) + internal_function; +static void update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch, + regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node, + Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, + Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node, Idx nregs, + regmatch_t *regs, + re_node_set *eps_via_nodes) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t set_regs (const regex_t *preg, + const re_match_context_t *mctx, + size_t nmatch, regmatch_t *pmatch, + bool fl_backtrack) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs) + internal_function; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static int sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_sift_context_t *sctx, + Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx) + internal_function; +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +static reg_errcode_t sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_sift_context_t *sctx) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx, + re_node_set *cur_dest) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_sift_context_t *sctx, + Idx str_idx, + re_node_set *dest_nodes) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_node_set *dest_nodes, + const re_node_set *candidates) + internal_function; +static bool check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + const re_node_set *limits, + Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node, + Idx src_idx) internal_function; +static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + int boundaries, Idx subexp_idx, + Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx) + internal_function; +static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + Idx limit, Idx subexp_idx, + Idx node, Idx str_idx, + Idx bkref_idx) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_node_set *dest_nodes, + const re_node_set *candidates, + re_node_set *limits, + struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents, + Idx str_idx) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_sift_context_t *sctx, + Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_dfastate_t **dst, + re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num) + internal_function; +static re_dfastate_t *find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err, + re_match_context_t *mctx) internal_function; +static re_dfastate_t *transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err, + re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_dfastate_t *state) internal_function; +static re_dfastate_t *merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err, + re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_dfastate_t *next_state) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_node_set *cur_nodes, + Idx str_idx) internal_function; +#if 0 +static re_dfastate_t *transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err, + re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_dfastate_t *pstate) + internal_function; +#endif +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static reg_errcode_t transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_dfastate_t *pstate) + internal_function; +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +static reg_errcode_t transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx, + const re_node_set *nodes) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx, + Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx, + const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top, + re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last, + Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str) + internal_function; +static Idx find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes, + Idx subexp_idx, int type) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx, + state_array_t *path, Idx top_node, + Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str, + int type) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx, + Idx str_idx, + re_node_set *cur_nodes, + re_node_set *next_nodes) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_node_set *cur_nodes, + Idx ex_subexp, int type) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_node_set *dst_nodes, + Idx target, Idx ex_subexp, + int type) internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_node_set *cur_nodes, Idx cur_str, + Idx subexp_num, int type) + internal_function; +static bool build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + re_dfastate_t *state) internal_function; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static int check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx, + const re_string_t *input, Idx idx) + internal_function; +# ifdef _LIBC +static unsigned int find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs, + size_t name_len) + internal_function; +# endif /* _LIBC */ +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ +static Idx group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa, + const re_dfastate_t *state, + re_node_set *states_node, + bitset_t *states_ch) internal_function; +static bool check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + const re_token_t *node, Idx idx) + internal_function; +static reg_errcode_t extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx) + internal_function; + +/* Entry point for POSIX code. */ + +/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the + string STRING. + + If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to + `regcomp', we ignore PMATCH. Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at + least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the + corresponding matched substrings. + + EFLAGS specifies `execution flags' which affect matching: if + REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the + string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end. + + We return 0 if we find a match and REG_NOMATCH if not. */ + +int +regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags) + const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg; + const char *_Restrict_ string; + size_t nmatch; + regmatch_t pmatch[_Restrict_arr_]; + int eflags; +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx start, length; +#ifdef _LIBC + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; +#endif + + if (eflags & ~(REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL | REG_STARTEND)) + return REG_BADPAT; + + if (eflags & REG_STARTEND) + { + start = pmatch[0].rm_so; + length = pmatch[0].rm_eo; + } + else + { + start = 0; + length = strlen (string); + } + + __libc_lock_lock (dfa->lock); + if (preg->no_sub) + err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length, + length, 0, NULL, eflags); + else + err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length, + length, nmatch, pmatch, eflags); + __libc_lock_unlock (dfa->lock); + return err != REG_NOERROR; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +versioned_symbol (libc, __regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_3_4); + +# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3_4) +__typeof__ (__regexec) __compat_regexec; + +int +attribute_compat_text_section +__compat_regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg, + const char *_Restrict_ string, size_t nmatch, + regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags) +{ + return regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, + eflags & (REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL)); +} +compat_symbol (libc, __compat_regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_0); +# endif +#endif + +/* Entry points for GNU code. */ + +/* re_match, re_search, re_match_2, re_search_2 + + The former two functions operate on STRING with length LENGTH, + while the later two operate on concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2 + with lengths LENGTH1 and LENGTH2, respectively. + + re_match() matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the string, + starting at index START. + + re_search() first tries matching at index START, then it tries to match + starting from index START + 1, and so on. The last start position tried + is START + RANGE. (Thus RANGE = 0 forces re_search to operate the same + way as re_match().) + + The parameter STOP of re_{match,search}_2 specifies that no match exceeding + the first STOP characters of the concatenation of the strings should be + concerned. + + If REGS is not NULL, and BUFP->no_sub is not set, the offsets of the match + and all groups is stored in REGS. (For the "_2" variants, the offsets are + computed relative to the concatenation, not relative to the individual + strings.) + + On success, re_match* functions return the length of the match, re_search* + return the position of the start of the match. Return value -1 means no + match was found and -2 indicates an internal error. */ + +regoff_t +re_match (bufp, string, length, start, regs) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string; + Idx length, start; + struct re_registers *regs; +{ + return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, 0, length, regs, true); +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_match, re_match) +#endif + +regoff_t +re_search (bufp, string, length, start, range, regs) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string; + Idx length, start; + regoff_t range; + struct re_registers *regs; +{ + return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, range, length, regs, + false); +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_search, re_search) +#endif + +regoff_t +re_match_2 (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, start, regs, stop) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string1, *string2; + Idx length1, length2, start, stop; + struct re_registers *regs; +{ + return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, + start, 0, regs, stop, true); +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_match_2, re_match_2) +#endif + +regoff_t +re_search_2 (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, start, range, regs, stop) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + const char *string1, *string2; + Idx length1, length2, start, stop; + regoff_t range; + struct re_registers *regs; +{ + return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, + start, range, regs, stop, false); +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_search_2, re_search_2) +#endif + +static regoff_t +internal_function +re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, + const char *string1, Idx length1, + const char *string2, Idx length2, + Idx start, regoff_t range, struct re_registers *regs, + Idx stop, bool ret_len) +{ + const char *str; + regoff_t rval; + Idx len = length1 + length2; + char *s = NULL; + + if (BE (length1 < 0 || length2 < 0 || stop < 0 || len < length1, 0)) + return -2; + + /* Concatenate the strings. */ + if (length2 > 0) + if (length1 > 0) + { + s = re_malloc (char, len); + + if (BE (s == NULL, 0)) + return -2; +#ifdef _LIBC + memcpy (__mempcpy (s, string1, length1), string2, length2); +#else + memcpy (s, string1, length1); + memcpy (s + length1, string2, length2); +#endif + str = s; + } + else + str = string2; + else + str = string1; + + rval = re_search_stub (bufp, str, len, start, range, stop, regs, + ret_len); + re_free (s); + return rval; +} + +/* The parameters have the same meaning as those of re_search. + Additional parameters: + If RET_LEN is true the length of the match is returned (re_match style); + otherwise the position of the match is returned. */ + +static regoff_t +internal_function +re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, + const char *string, Idx length, + Idx start, regoff_t range, Idx stop, struct re_registers *regs, + bool ret_len) +{ + reg_errcode_t result; + regmatch_t *pmatch; + Idx nregs; + regoff_t rval; + int eflags = 0; +#ifdef _LIBC + re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) bufp->buffer; +#endif + Idx last_start = start + range; + + /* Check for out-of-range. */ + if (BE (start < 0 || start > length, 0)) + return -1; + if (BE (length < last_start || (0 <= range && last_start < start), 0)) + last_start = length; + else if (BE (last_start < 0 || (range < 0 && start <= last_start), 0)) + last_start = 0; + + __libc_lock_lock (dfa->lock); + + eflags |= (bufp->not_bol) ? REG_NOTBOL : 0; + eflags |= (bufp->not_eol) ? REG_NOTEOL : 0; + + /* Compile fastmap if we haven't yet. */ + if (start < last_start && bufp->fastmap != NULL && !bufp->fastmap_accurate) + re_compile_fastmap (bufp); + + if (BE (bufp->no_sub, 0)) + regs = NULL; + + /* We need at least 1 register. */ + if (regs == NULL) + nregs = 1; + else if (BE (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED + && regs->num_regs <= bufp->re_nsub, 0)) + { + nregs = regs->num_regs; + if (BE (nregs < 1, 0)) + { + /* Nothing can be copied to regs. */ + regs = NULL; + nregs = 1; + } + } + else + nregs = bufp->re_nsub + 1; + pmatch = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs); + if (BE (pmatch == NULL, 0)) + { + rval = -2; + goto out; + } + + result = re_search_internal (bufp, string, length, start, last_start, stop, + nregs, pmatch, eflags); + + rval = 0; + + /* I hope we needn't fill ther regs with -1's when no match was found. */ + if (result != REG_NOERROR) + rval = -1; + else if (regs != NULL) + { + /* If caller wants register contents data back, copy them. */ + bufp->regs_allocated = re_copy_regs (regs, pmatch, nregs, + bufp->regs_allocated); + if (BE (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED, 0)) + rval = -2; + } + + if (BE (rval == 0, 1)) + { + if (ret_len) + { + assert (pmatch[0].rm_so == start); + rval = pmatch[0].rm_eo - start; + } + else + rval = pmatch[0].rm_so; + } + re_free (pmatch); + out: + __libc_lock_unlock (dfa->lock); + return rval; +} + +static unsigned int +internal_function +re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch, Idx nregs, + int regs_allocated) +{ + int rval = REGS_REALLOCATE; + Idx i; + Idx need_regs = nregs + 1; + /* We need one extra element beyond `num_regs' for the `-1' marker GNU code + uses. */ + + /* Have the register data arrays been allocated? */ + if (regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED) + { /* No. So allocate them with malloc. */ + regs->start = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs); + if (BE (regs->start == NULL, 0)) + return REGS_UNALLOCATED; + regs->end = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs); + if (BE (regs->end == NULL, 0)) + { + re_free (regs->start); + return REGS_UNALLOCATED; + } + regs->num_regs = need_regs; + } + else if (regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE) + { /* Yes. If we need more elements than were already + allocated, reallocate them. If we need fewer, just + leave it alone. */ + if (BE (need_regs > regs->num_regs, 0)) + { + regoff_t *new_start = re_realloc (regs->start, regoff_t, need_regs); + regoff_t *new_end; + if (BE (new_start == NULL, 0)) + return REGS_UNALLOCATED; + new_end = re_realloc (regs->end, regoff_t, need_regs); + if (BE (new_end == NULL, 0)) + { + re_free (new_start); + return REGS_UNALLOCATED; + } + regs->start = new_start; + regs->end = new_end; + regs->num_regs = need_regs; + } + } + else + { + assert (regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED); + /* This function may not be called with REGS_FIXED and nregs too big. */ + assert (regs->num_regs >= nregs); + rval = REGS_FIXED; + } + + /* Copy the regs. */ + for (i = 0; i < nregs; ++i) + { + regs->start[i] = pmatch[i].rm_so; + regs->end[i] = pmatch[i].rm_eo; + } + for ( ; i < regs->num_regs; ++i) + regs->start[i] = regs->end[i] = -1; + + return rval; +} + +/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and + ENDS. Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use + this memory for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS + must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each + be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long. + + If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own + register data. + + Unless this function is called, the first search or match using + PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without + freeing the old data. */ + +void +re_set_registers (bufp, regs, num_regs, starts, ends) + struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; + struct re_registers *regs; + __re_size_t num_regs; + regoff_t *starts, *ends; +{ + if (num_regs) + { + bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE; + regs->num_regs = num_regs; + regs->start = starts; + regs->end = ends; + } + else + { + bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED; + regs->num_regs = 0; + regs->start = regs->end = NULL; + } +} +#ifdef _LIBC +weak_alias (__re_set_registers, re_set_registers) +#endif + +/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library. We don't define + them unless specifically requested. */ + +#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC +int +# ifdef _LIBC +weak_function +# endif +re_exec (s) + const char *s; +{ + return 0 == regexec (&re_comp_buf, s, 0, NULL, 0); +} +#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */ + +/* Internal entry point. */ + +/* Searches for a compiled pattern PREG in the string STRING, whose + length is LENGTH. NMATCH, PMATCH, and EFLAGS have the same + meaning as with regexec. LAST_START is START + RANGE, where + START and RANGE have the same meaning as with re_search. + Return REG_NOERROR if we find a match, and REG_NOMATCH if not, + otherwise return the error code. + Note: We assume front end functions already check ranges. + (0 <= LAST_START && LAST_START <= LENGTH) */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg, + const char *string, Idx length, + Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop, + size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[], + int eflags) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + const re_dfa_t *dfa = (const re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + Idx left_lim, right_lim; + int incr; + bool fl_longest_match; + int match_kind; + Idx match_first; + Idx match_last = REG_MISSING; + Idx extra_nmatch; + bool sb; + int ch; +#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + re_match_context_t mctx = { .dfa = dfa }; +#else + re_match_context_t mctx; +#endif + char *fastmap = ((preg->fastmap != NULL && preg->fastmap_accurate + && start != last_start && !preg->can_be_null) + ? preg->fastmap : NULL); + RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE t = preg->translate; + +#if !(defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)) + memset (&mctx, '\0', sizeof (re_match_context_t)); + mctx.dfa = dfa; +#endif + + extra_nmatch = (nmatch > preg->re_nsub) ? nmatch - (preg->re_nsub + 1) : 0; + nmatch -= extra_nmatch; + + /* Check if the DFA haven't been compiled. */ + if (BE (preg->used == 0 || dfa->init_state == NULL + || dfa->init_state_word == NULL || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL + || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL, 0)) + return REG_NOMATCH; + +#ifdef DEBUG + /* We assume front-end functions already check them. */ + assert (0 <= last_start && last_start <= length); +#endif + + /* If initial states with non-begbuf contexts have no elements, + the regex must be anchored. If preg->newline_anchor is set, + we'll never use init_state_nl, so do not check it. */ + if (dfa->init_state->nodes.nelem == 0 + && dfa->init_state_word->nodes.nelem == 0 + && (dfa->init_state_nl->nodes.nelem == 0 + || !preg->newline_anchor)) + { + if (start != 0 && last_start != 0) + return REG_NOMATCH; + start = last_start = 0; + } + + /* We must check the longest matching, if nmatch > 0. */ + fl_longest_match = (nmatch != 0 || dfa->nbackref); + + err = re_string_allocate (&mctx.input, string, length, dfa->nodes_len + 1, + preg->translate, (preg->syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0, + dfa); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + mctx.input.stop = stop; + mctx.input.raw_stop = stop; + mctx.input.newline_anchor = preg->newline_anchor; + + err = match_ctx_init (&mctx, eflags, dfa->nbackref * 2); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + + /* We will log all the DFA states through which the dfa pass, + if nmatch > 1, or this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a + back-reference or a node which can accept multibyte character or + multi character collating element. */ + if (nmatch > 1 || dfa->has_mb_node) + { + /* Avoid overflow. */ + if (BE (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) <= mctx.input.bufs_len, 0)) + { + err = REG_ESPACE; + goto free_return; + } + + mctx.state_log = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, mctx.input.bufs_len + 1); + if (BE (mctx.state_log == NULL, 0)) + { + err = REG_ESPACE; + goto free_return; + } + } + else + mctx.state_log = NULL; + + match_first = start; + mctx.input.tip_context = (eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF + : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF; + + /* Check incrementally whether of not the input string match. */ + incr = (last_start < start) ? -1 : 1; + left_lim = (last_start < start) ? last_start : start; + right_lim = (last_start < start) ? start : last_start; + sb = dfa->mb_cur_max == 1; + match_kind = + (fastmap + ? ((sb || !(preg->syntax & RE_ICASE || t) ? 4 : 0) + | (start <= last_start ? 2 : 0) + | (t != NULL ? 1 : 0)) + : 8); + + for (;; match_first += incr) + { + err = REG_NOMATCH; + if (match_first < left_lim || right_lim < match_first) + goto free_return; + + /* Advance as rapidly as possible through the string, until we + find a plausible place to start matching. This may be done + with varying efficiency, so there are various possibilities: + only the most common of them are specialized, in order to + save on code size. We use a switch statement for speed. */ + switch (match_kind) + { + case 8: + /* No fastmap. */ + break; + + case 7: + /* Fastmap with single-byte translation, match forward. */ + while (BE (match_first < right_lim, 1) + && !fastmap[t[(unsigned char) string[match_first]]]) + ++match_first; + goto forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end; + + case 6: + /* Fastmap without translation, match forward. */ + while (BE (match_first < right_lim, 1) + && !fastmap[(unsigned char) string[match_first]]) + ++match_first; + + forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end: + if (BE (match_first == right_lim, 0)) + { + ch = match_first >= length + ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first]; + if (!fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch]) + goto free_return; + } + break; + + case 4: + case 5: + /* Fastmap without multi-byte translation, match backwards. */ + while (match_first >= left_lim) + { + ch = match_first >= length + ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first]; + if (fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch]) + break; + --match_first; + } + if (match_first < left_lim) + goto free_return; + break; + + default: + /* In this case, we can't determine easily the current byte, + since it might be a component byte of a multibyte + character. Then we use the constructed buffer instead. */ + for (;;) + { + /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the valid range, reconstruct the + buffers. */ + __re_size_t offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx; + if (BE (offset >= (__re_size_t) mctx.input.valid_raw_len, 0)) + { + err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first, + eflags); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + + offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx; + } + /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the buffer, leave it as '\0'. + Note that MATCH_FIRST must not be smaller than 0. */ + ch = (match_first >= length + ? 0 : re_string_byte_at (&mctx.input, offset)); + if (fastmap[ch]) + break; + match_first += incr; + if (match_first < left_lim || match_first > right_lim) + { + err = REG_NOMATCH; + goto free_return; + } + } + break; + } + + /* Reconstruct the buffers so that the matcher can assume that + the matching starts from the beginning of the buffer. */ + err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first, eflags); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* Don't consider this char as a possible match start if it part, + yet isn't the head, of a multibyte character. */ + if (!sb && !re_string_first_byte (&mctx.input, 0)) + continue; +#endif + + /* It seems to be appropriate one, then use the matcher. */ + /* We assume that the matching starts from 0. */ + mctx.state_log_top = mctx.nbkref_ents = mctx.max_mb_elem_len = 0; + match_last = check_matching (&mctx, fl_longest_match, + start <= last_start ? &match_first : NULL); + if (match_last != REG_MISSING) + { + if (BE (match_last == REG_ERROR, 0)) + { + err = REG_ESPACE; + goto free_return; + } + else + { + mctx.match_last = match_last; + if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1) || dfa->nbackref) + { + re_dfastate_t *pstate = mctx.state_log[match_last]; + mctx.last_node = check_halt_state_context (&mctx, pstate, + match_last); + } + if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1 && dfa->has_plural_match) + || dfa->nbackref) + { + err = prune_impossible_nodes (&mctx); + if (err == REG_NOERROR) + break; + if (BE (err != REG_NOMATCH, 0)) + goto free_return; + match_last = REG_MISSING; + } + else + break; /* We found a match. */ + } + } + + match_ctx_clean (&mctx); + } + +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (match_last != REG_MISSING); + assert (err == REG_NOERROR); +#endif + + /* Set pmatch[] if we need. */ + if (nmatch > 0) + { + Idx reg_idx; + + /* Initialize registers. */ + for (reg_idx = 1; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx) + pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so = pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo = -1; + + /* Set the points where matching start/end. */ + pmatch[0].rm_so = 0; + pmatch[0].rm_eo = mctx.match_last; + /* FIXME: This function should fail if mctx.match_last exceeds + the maximum possible regoff_t value. We need a new error + code REG_OVERFLOW. */ + + if (!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1) + { + err = set_regs (preg, &mctx, nmatch, pmatch, + dfa->has_plural_match && dfa->nbackref > 0); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + + /* At last, add the offset to the each registers, since we slided + the buffers so that we could assume that the matching starts + from 0. */ + for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx) + if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so != -1) + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (BE (mctx.input.offsets_needed != 0, 0)) + { + pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so = + (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so == mctx.input.valid_len + ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len + : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so]); + pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo = + (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == mctx.input.valid_len + ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len + : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo]); + } +#else + assert (mctx.input.offsets_needed == 0); +#endif + pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so += match_first; + pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo += match_first; + } + for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < extra_nmatch; ++reg_idx) + { + pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_so = -1; + pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_eo = -1; + } + + if (dfa->subexp_map) + for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx + 1 < nmatch; reg_idx++) + if (dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] != reg_idx) + { + pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_so + = pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_so; + pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_eo + = pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_eo; + } + } + + free_return: + re_free (mctx.state_log); + if (dfa->nbackref) + match_ctx_free (&mctx); + re_string_destruct (&mctx.input); + return err; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + Idx halt_node, match_last; + reg_errcode_t ret; + re_dfastate_t **sifted_states; + re_dfastate_t **lim_states = NULL; + re_sift_context_t sctx; +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (mctx->state_log != NULL); +#endif + match_last = mctx->match_last; + halt_node = mctx->last_node; + + /* Avoid overflow. */ + if (BE (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) <= match_last, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + sifted_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1); + if (BE (sifted_states == NULL, 0)) + { + ret = REG_ESPACE; + goto free_return; + } + if (dfa->nbackref) + { + lim_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1); + if (BE (lim_states == NULL, 0)) + { + ret = REG_ESPACE; + goto free_return; + } + while (1) + { + memset (lim_states, '\0', + sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (match_last + 1)); + sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node, + match_last); + ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx); + re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + if (sifted_states[0] != NULL || lim_states[0] != NULL) + break; + do + { + --match_last; + if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (match_last)) + { + ret = REG_NOMATCH; + goto free_return; + } + } while (mctx->state_log[match_last] == NULL + || !mctx->state_log[match_last]->halt); + halt_node = check_halt_state_context (mctx, + mctx->state_log[match_last], + match_last); + } + ret = merge_state_array (dfa, sifted_states, lim_states, + match_last + 1); + re_free (lim_states); + lim_states = NULL; + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + else + { + sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node, match_last); + ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx); + re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + if (sifted_states[0] == NULL) + { + ret = REG_NOMATCH; + goto free_return; + } + } + re_free (mctx->state_log); + mctx->state_log = sifted_states; + sifted_states = NULL; + mctx->last_node = halt_node; + mctx->match_last = match_last; + ret = REG_NOERROR; + free_return: + re_free (sifted_states); + re_free (lim_states); + return ret; +} + +/* Acquire an initial state and return it. + We must select appropriate initial state depending on the context, + since initial states may have constraints like "\<", "^", etc.. */ + +static inline re_dfastate_t * +__attribute ((always_inline)) internal_function +acquire_init_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_match_context_t *mctx, + Idx idx) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint) + { + unsigned int context; + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx - 1, mctx->eflags); + if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) + return dfa->init_state_word; + else if (IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT (context)) + return dfa->init_state; + else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context) && IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) + return dfa->init_state_begbuf; + else if (IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) + return dfa->init_state_nl; + else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context)) + { + /* It is relatively rare case, then calculate on demand. */ + return re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, + dfa->init_state->entrance_nodes, + context); + } + else + /* Must not happen? */ + return dfa->init_state; + } + else + return dfa->init_state; +} + +/* Check whether the regular expression match input string INPUT or not, + and return the index where the matching end. Return REG_MISSING if + there is no match, and return REG_ERROR in case of an error. + FL_LONGEST_MATCH means we want the POSIX longest matching. + If P_MATCH_FIRST is not NULL, and the match fails, it is set to the + next place where we may want to try matching. + Note that the matcher assume that the maching starts from the current + index of the buffer. */ + +static Idx +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match, + Idx *p_match_first) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx match = 0; + Idx match_last = REG_MISSING; + Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input); + re_dfastate_t *cur_state; + bool at_init_state = p_match_first != NULL; + Idx next_start_idx = cur_str_idx; + + err = REG_NOERROR; + cur_state = acquire_init_state_context (&err, mctx, cur_str_idx); + /* An initial state must not be NULL (invalid). */ + if (BE (cur_state == NULL, 0)) + { + assert (err == REG_ESPACE); + return REG_ERROR; + } + + if (mctx->state_log != NULL) + { + mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] = cur_state; + + /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the initial state in case that we use them + later. E.g. Processing back references. */ + if (BE (dfa->nbackref, 0)) + { + at_init_state = false; + err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &cur_state->nodes, 0); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + if (cur_state->has_backref) + { + err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &cur_state->nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + } + } + + /* If the RE accepts NULL string. */ + if (BE (cur_state->halt, 0)) + { + if (!cur_state->has_constraint + || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state, cur_str_idx)) + { + if (!fl_longest_match) + return cur_str_idx; + else + { + match_last = cur_str_idx; + match = 1; + } + } + } + + while (!re_string_eoi (&mctx->input)) + { + re_dfastate_t *old_state = cur_state; + Idx next_char_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + 1; + + if (BE (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len, 0) + || (BE (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len, 0) + && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len)) + { + err = extend_buffers (mctx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + assert (err == REG_ESPACE); + return REG_ERROR; + } + } + + cur_state = transit_state (&err, mctx, cur_state); + if (mctx->state_log != NULL) + cur_state = merge_state_with_log (&err, mctx, cur_state); + + if (cur_state == NULL) + { + /* Reached the invalid state or an error. Try to recover a valid + state using the state log, if available and if we have not + already found a valid (even if not the longest) match. */ + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return REG_ERROR; + + if (mctx->state_log == NULL + || (match && !fl_longest_match) + || (cur_state = find_recover_state (&err, mctx)) == NULL) + break; + } + + if (BE (at_init_state, 0)) + { + if (old_state == cur_state) + next_start_idx = next_char_idx; + else + at_init_state = false; + } + + if (cur_state->halt) + { + /* Reached a halt state. + Check the halt state can satisfy the current context. */ + if (!cur_state->has_constraint + || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state, + re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input))) + { + /* We found an appropriate halt state. */ + match_last = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input); + match = 1; + + /* We found a match, do not modify match_first below. */ + p_match_first = NULL; + if (!fl_longest_match) + break; + } + } + } + + if (p_match_first) + *p_match_first += next_start_idx; + + return match_last; +} + +/* Check NODE match the current context. */ + +static bool +internal_function +check_halt_node_context (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, unsigned int context) +{ + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type; + unsigned int constraint = dfa->nodes[node].constraint; + if (type != END_OF_RE) + return false; + if (!constraint) + return true; + if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (constraint, context)) + return false; + return true; +} + +/* Check the halt state STATE match the current context. + Return 0 if not match, if the node, STATE has, is a halt node and + match the context, return the node. */ + +static Idx +internal_function +check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx) +{ + Idx i; + unsigned int context; +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (state->halt); +#endif + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx, mctx->eflags); + for (i = 0; i < state->nodes.nelem; ++i) + if (check_halt_node_context (mctx->dfa, state->nodes.elems[i], context)) + return state->nodes.elems[i]; + return 0; +} + +/* Compute the next node to which "NFA" transit from NODE("NFA" is a NFA + corresponding to the DFA). + Return the destination node, and update EPS_VIA_NODES; + return REG_MISSING in case of errors. */ + +static Idx +internal_function +proceed_next_node (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs, + Idx *pidx, Idx node, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes, + struct re_fail_stack_t *fs) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + Idx i; + bool ok; + if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[node].type)) + { + re_node_set *cur_nodes = &mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes; + re_node_set *edests = &dfa->edests[node]; + Idx dest_node; + ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ERROR; + /* Pick up a valid destination, or return REG_MISSING if none + is found. */ + for (dest_node = REG_MISSING, i = 0; i < edests->nelem; ++i) + { + Idx candidate = edests->elems[i]; + if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, candidate)) + continue; + if (dest_node == REG_MISSING) + dest_node = candidate; + + else + { + /* In order to avoid infinite loop like "(a*)*", return the second + epsilon-transition if the first was already considered. */ + if (re_node_set_contains (eps_via_nodes, dest_node)) + return candidate; + + /* Otherwise, push the second epsilon-transition on the fail stack. */ + else if (fs != NULL + && push_fail_stack (fs, *pidx, candidate, nregs, regs, + eps_via_nodes)) + return REG_ERROR; + + /* We know we are going to exit. */ + break; + } + } + return dest_node; + } + else + { + Idx naccepted = 0; + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->nodes[node].accept_mb) + naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node, &mctx->input, *pidx); + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (type == OP_BACK_REF) + { + Idx subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx + 1; + naccepted = regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo - regs[subexp_idx].rm_so; + if (fs != NULL) + { + if (regs[subexp_idx].rm_so == -1 || regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo == -1) + return REG_MISSING; + else if (naccepted) + { + char *buf = (char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input); + if (memcmp (buf + regs[subexp_idx].rm_so, buf + *pidx, + naccepted) != 0) + return REG_MISSING; + } + } + + if (naccepted == 0) + { + Idx dest_node; + ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ERROR; + dest_node = dfa->edests[node].elems[0]; + if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes, + dest_node)) + return dest_node; + } + } + + if (naccepted != 0 + || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + node, *pidx)) + { + Idx dest_node = dfa->nexts[node]; + *pidx = (naccepted == 0) ? *pidx + 1 : *pidx + naccepted; + if (fs && (*pidx > mctx->match_last || mctx->state_log[*pidx] == NULL + || !re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes, + dest_node))) + return REG_MISSING; + re_node_set_empty (eps_via_nodes); + return dest_node; + } + } + return REG_MISSING; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node, + Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx num = fs->num++; + if (fs->num == fs->alloc) + { + struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *new_array; + new_array = realloc (fs->stack, (sizeof (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t) + * fs->alloc * 2)); + if (new_array == NULL) + return REG_ESPACE; + fs->alloc *= 2; + fs->stack = new_array; + } + fs->stack[num].idx = str_idx; + fs->stack[num].node = dest_node; + fs->stack[num].regs = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs); + if (fs->stack[num].regs == NULL) + return REG_ESPACE; + memcpy (fs->stack[num].regs, regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs); + err = re_node_set_init_copy (&fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes, eps_via_nodes); + return err; +} + +static Idx +internal_function +pop_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx *pidx, Idx nregs, + regmatch_t *regs, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes) +{ + Idx num = --fs->num; + assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (num)); + *pidx = fs->stack[num].idx; + memcpy (regs, fs->stack[num].regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs); + re_node_set_free (eps_via_nodes); + re_free (fs->stack[num].regs); + *eps_via_nodes = fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes; + return fs->stack[num].node; +} + +/* Set the positions where the subexpressions are starts/ends to registers + PMATCH. + Note: We assume that pmatch[0] is already set, and + pmatch[i].rm_so == pmatch[i].rm_eo == -1 for 0 < i < nmatch. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +set_regs (const regex_t *preg, const re_match_context_t *mctx, size_t nmatch, + regmatch_t *pmatch, bool fl_backtrack) +{ + const re_dfa_t *dfa = (const re_dfa_t *) preg->buffer; + Idx idx, cur_node; + re_node_set eps_via_nodes; + struct re_fail_stack_t *fs; + struct re_fail_stack_t fs_body = { 0, 2, NULL }; + regmatch_t *prev_idx_match; + bool prev_idx_match_malloced = false; + +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (nmatch > 1); + assert (mctx->state_log != NULL); +#endif + if (fl_backtrack) + { + fs = &fs_body; + fs->stack = re_malloc (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t, fs->alloc); + if (fs->stack == NULL) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + else + fs = NULL; + + cur_node = dfa->init_node; + re_node_set_init_empty (&eps_via_nodes); + + if (__libc_use_alloca (nmatch * sizeof (regmatch_t))) + prev_idx_match = (regmatch_t *) alloca (nmatch * sizeof (regmatch_t)); + else + { + prev_idx_match = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nmatch); + if (prev_idx_match == NULL) + { + free_fail_stack_return (fs); + return REG_ESPACE; + } + prev_idx_match_malloced = true; + } + memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch); + + for (idx = pmatch[0].rm_so; idx <= pmatch[0].rm_eo ;) + { + update_regs (dfa, pmatch, prev_idx_match, cur_node, idx, nmatch); + + if (idx == pmatch[0].rm_eo && cur_node == mctx->last_node) + { + Idx reg_idx; + if (fs) + { + for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx) + if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so > -1 && pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == -1) + break; + if (reg_idx == nmatch) + { + re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes); + if (prev_idx_match_malloced) + re_free (prev_idx_match); + return free_fail_stack_return (fs); + } + cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch, + &eps_via_nodes); + } + else + { + re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes); + if (prev_idx_match_malloced) + re_free (prev_idx_match); + return REG_NOERROR; + } + } + + /* Proceed to next node. */ + cur_node = proceed_next_node (mctx, nmatch, pmatch, &idx, cur_node, + &eps_via_nodes, fs); + + if (BE (! REG_VALID_INDEX (cur_node), 0)) + { + if (BE (cur_node == REG_ERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes); + if (prev_idx_match_malloced) + re_free (prev_idx_match); + free_fail_stack_return (fs); + return REG_ESPACE; + } + if (fs) + cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch, + &eps_via_nodes); + else + { + re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes); + if (prev_idx_match_malloced) + re_free (prev_idx_match); + return REG_NOMATCH; + } + } + } + re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes); + if (prev_idx_match_malloced) + re_free (prev_idx_match); + return free_fail_stack_return (fs); +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs) +{ + if (fs) + { + Idx fs_idx; + for (fs_idx = 0; fs_idx < fs->num; ++fs_idx) + { + re_node_set_free (&fs->stack[fs_idx].eps_via_nodes); + re_free (fs->stack[fs_idx].regs); + } + re_free (fs->stack); + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static void +internal_function +update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch, + regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node, Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch) +{ + int type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type; + if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP) + { + Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1; + + /* We are at the first node of this sub expression. */ + if (reg_num < nmatch) + { + pmatch[reg_num].rm_so = cur_idx; + pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = -1; + } + } + else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP) + { + Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1; + if (reg_num < nmatch) + { + /* We are at the last node of this sub expression. */ + if (pmatch[reg_num].rm_so < cur_idx) + { + pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx; + /* This is a non-empty match or we are not inside an optional + subexpression. Accept this right away. */ + memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch); + } + else + { + if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].opt_subexp + && prev_idx_match[reg_num].rm_so != -1) + /* We transited through an empty match for an optional + subexpression, like (a?)*, and this is not the subexp's + first match. Copy back the old content of the registers + so that matches of an inner subexpression are undone as + well, like in ((a?))*. */ + memcpy (pmatch, prev_idx_match, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch); + else + /* We completed a subexpression, but it may be part of + an optional one, so do not update PREV_IDX_MATCH. */ + pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx; + } + } + } +} + +/* This function checks the STATE_LOG from the SCTX->last_str_idx to 0 + and sift the nodes in each states according to the following rules. + Updated state_log will be wrote to STATE_LOG. + + Rules: We throw away the Node `a' in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] if... + 1. When STR_IDX == MATCH_LAST(the last index in the state_log): + If `a' isn't the LAST_NODE and `a' can't epsilon transit to + the LAST_NODE, we throw away the node `a'. + 2. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and `a' accepts + string `s' and transit to `b': + i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')], we throw + away the node `a'. + ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')] but 'b' is + thrown away, we throw away the node `a'. + 3. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' epsilon transit to 'b': + i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX], we throw away the + node `a'. + ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] but 'b' is thrown away, + we throw away the node `a'. */ + +#define STATE_NODE_CONTAINS(state,node) \ + ((state) != NULL && re_node_set_contains (&(state)->nodes, node)) + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + int null_cnt = 0; + Idx str_idx = sctx->last_str_idx; + re_node_set cur_dest; + +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (mctx->state_log != NULL && mctx->state_log[str_idx] != NULL); +#endif + + /* Build sifted state_log[str_idx]. It has the nodes which can epsilon + transit to the last_node and the last_node itself. */ + err = re_node_set_init_1 (&cur_dest, sctx->last_node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + + /* Then check each states in the state_log. */ + while (str_idx > 0) + { + /* Update counters. */ + null_cnt = (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] == NULL) ? null_cnt + 1 : 0; + if (null_cnt > mctx->max_mb_elem_len) + { + memset (sctx->sifted_states, '\0', + sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * str_idx); + re_node_set_free (&cur_dest); + return REG_NOERROR; + } + re_node_set_empty (&cur_dest); + --str_idx; + + if (mctx->state_log[str_idx]) + { + err = build_sifted_states (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + + /* Add all the nodes which satisfy the following conditions: + - It can epsilon transit to a node in CUR_DEST. + - It is in CUR_SRC. + And update state_log. */ + err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + err = REG_NOERROR; + free_return: + re_node_set_free (&cur_dest); + return err; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx, + Idx str_idx, re_node_set *cur_dest) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + const re_node_set *cur_src = &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->non_eps_nodes; + Idx i; + + /* Then build the next sifted state. + We build the next sifted state on `cur_dest', and update + `sifted_states[str_idx]' with `cur_dest'. + Note: + `cur_dest' is the sifted state from `state_log[str_idx + 1]'. + `cur_src' points the node_set of the old `state_log[str_idx]' + (with the epsilon nodes pre-filtered out). */ + for (i = 0; i < cur_src->nelem; i++) + { + Idx prev_node = cur_src->elems[i]; + int naccepted = 0; + bool ok; + +#ifdef DEBUG + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[prev_node].type; + assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (type)); +#endif +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* If the node may accept `multi byte'. */ + if (dfa->nodes[prev_node].accept_mb) + naccepted = sift_states_iter_mb (mctx, sctx, prev_node, + str_idx, sctx->last_str_idx); +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + /* We don't check backreferences here. + See update_cur_sifted_state(). */ + if (!naccepted + && check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + prev_node, str_idx) + && STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + 1], + dfa->nexts[prev_node])) + naccepted = 1; + + if (naccepted == 0) + continue; + + if (sctx->limits.nelem) + { + Idx to_idx = str_idx + naccepted; + if (check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits, + dfa->nexts[prev_node], to_idx, + prev_node, str_idx)) + continue; + } + ok = re_node_set_insert (cur_dest, prev_node); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Helper functions. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +clean_state_log_if_needed (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx next_state_log_idx) +{ + Idx top = mctx->state_log_top; + + if (next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len + || (next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len + && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len)) + { + reg_errcode_t err; + err = extend_buffers (mctx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + + if (top < next_state_log_idx) + { + memset (mctx->state_log + top + 1, '\0', + sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (next_state_log_idx - top)); + mctx->state_log_top = next_state_log_idx; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t **dst, + re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num) +{ + Idx st_idx; + reg_errcode_t err; + for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < num; ++st_idx) + { + if (dst[st_idx] == NULL) + dst[st_idx] = src[st_idx]; + else if (src[st_idx] != NULL) + { + re_node_set merged_set; + err = re_node_set_init_union (&merged_set, &dst[st_idx]->nodes, + &src[st_idx]->nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + dst[st_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &merged_set); + re_node_set_free (&merged_set); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx, + re_node_set *dest_nodes) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR; + const re_node_set *candidates; + candidates = ((mctx->state_log[str_idx] == NULL) ? NULL + : &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->nodes); + + if (dest_nodes->nelem == 0) + sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = NULL; + else + { + if (candidates) + { + /* At first, add the nodes which can epsilon transit to a node in + DEST_NODE. */ + err = add_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + /* Then, check the limitations in the current sift_context. */ + if (sctx->limits.nelem) + { + err = check_subexp_limits (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates, &sctx->limits, + mctx->bkref_ents, str_idx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + } + + sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + + if (candidates && mctx->state_log[str_idx]->has_backref) + { + err = sift_states_bkref (mctx, sctx, str_idx, candidates); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes, + const re_node_set *candidates) +{ + reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR; + Idx i; + + re_dfastate_t *state = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + if (!state->inveclosure.alloc) + { + err = re_node_set_alloc (&state->inveclosure, dest_nodes->nelem); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + for (i = 0; i < dest_nodes->nelem; i++) + { + err = re_node_set_merge (&state->inveclosure, + dfa->inveclosures + dest_nodes->elems[i]); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + } + return re_node_set_add_intersect (dest_nodes, candidates, + &state->inveclosure); +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +sub_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, re_node_set *dest_nodes, + const re_node_set *candidates) +{ + Idx ecl_idx; + reg_errcode_t err; + re_node_set *inv_eclosure = dfa->inveclosures + node; + re_node_set except_nodes; + re_node_set_init_empty (&except_nodes); + for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx) + { + Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx]; + if (cur_node == node) + continue; + if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type)) + { + Idx edst1 = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0]; + Idx edst2 = ((dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem > 1) + ? dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1] : REG_MISSING); + if ((!re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst1) + && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst1)) + || (REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (edst2) + && !re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst2) + && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst2))) + { + err = re_node_set_add_intersect (&except_nodes, candidates, + dfa->inveclosures + cur_node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&except_nodes); + return err; + } + } + } + } + for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx) + { + Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx]; + if (!re_node_set_contains (&except_nodes, cur_node)) + { + Idx idx = re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, cur_node) - 1; + re_node_set_remove_at (dest_nodes, idx); + } + } + re_node_set_free (&except_nodes); + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static bool +internal_function +check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *limits, + Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node, Idx src_idx) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + Idx lim_idx, src_pos, dst_pos; + + Idx dst_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, dst_idx); + Idx src_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, src_idx); + for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx) + { + Idx subexp_idx; + struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent; + ent = mctx->bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx]; + subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx; + + dst_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx], + subexp_idx, dst_node, dst_idx, + dst_bkref_idx); + src_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx], + subexp_idx, src_node, src_idx, + src_bkref_idx); + + /* In case of: + ( ) + ( ) + ( ) */ + if (src_pos == dst_pos) + continue; /* This is unrelated limitation. */ + else + return true; + } + return false; +} + +static int +internal_function +check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx, int boundaries, + Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + const re_node_set *eclosures = dfa->eclosures + from_node; + Idx node_idx; + + /* Else, we are on the boundary: examine the nodes on the epsilon + closure. */ + for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < eclosures->nelem; ++node_idx) + { + Idx node = eclosures->elems[node_idx]; + switch (dfa->nodes[node].type) + { + case OP_BACK_REF: + if (bkref_idx != REG_MISSING) + { + struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkref_idx; + do + { + Idx dst; + int cpos; + + if (ent->node != node) + continue; + + if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS + && !(ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map + & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx))) + continue; + + /* Recurse trying to reach the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and + OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP cases below. But, if the + destination node is the same node as the source + node, don't recurse because it would cause an + infinite loop: a regex that exhibits this behavior + is ()\1*\1* */ + dst = dfa->edests[node].elems[0]; + if (dst == from_node) + { + if (boundaries & 1) + return -1; + else /* if (boundaries & 2) */ + return 0; + } + + cpos = + check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx, + dst, bkref_idx); + if (cpos == -1 /* && (boundaries & 1) */) + return -1; + if (cpos == 0 && (boundaries & 2)) + return 0; + + if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS) + ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map + &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx); + } + while (ent++->more); + } + break; + + case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP: + if ((boundaries & 1) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx) + return -1; + break; + + case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP: + if ((boundaries & 2) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx) + return 0; + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + + return (boundaries & 2) ? 1 : 0; +} + +static int +internal_function +check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx limit, + Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx str_idx, + Idx bkref_idx) +{ + struct re_backref_cache_entry *lim = mctx->bkref_ents + limit; + int boundaries; + + /* If we are outside the range of the subexpression, return -1 or 1. */ + if (str_idx < lim->subexp_from) + return -1; + + if (lim->subexp_to < str_idx) + return 1; + + /* If we are within the subexpression, return 0. */ + boundaries = (str_idx == lim->subexp_from); + boundaries |= (str_idx == lim->subexp_to) << 1; + if (boundaries == 0) + return 0; + + /* Else, examine epsilon closure. */ + return check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx, + from_node, bkref_idx); +} + +/* Check the limitations of sub expressions LIMITS, and remove the nodes + which are against limitations from DEST_NODES. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes, + const re_node_set *candidates, re_node_set *limits, + struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents, Idx str_idx) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx node_idx, lim_idx; + + for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx) + { + Idx subexp_idx; + struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent; + ent = bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx]; + + if (str_idx <= ent->subexp_from || ent->str_idx < str_idx) + continue; /* This is unrelated limitation. */ + + subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx; + if (ent->subexp_to == str_idx) + { + Idx ops_node = REG_MISSING; + Idx cls_node = REG_MISSING; + for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx) + { + Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx]; + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type; + if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP + && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx) + ops_node = node; + else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP + && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx) + cls_node = node; + } + + /* Check the limitation of the open subexpression. */ + /* Note that (ent->subexp_to = str_idx != ent->subexp_from). */ + if (REG_VALID_INDEX (ops_node)) + { + err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, ops_node, dest_nodes, + candidates); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + + /* Check the limitation of the close subexpression. */ + if (REG_VALID_INDEX (cls_node)) + for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx) + { + Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx]; + if (!re_node_set_contains (dfa->inveclosures + node, + cls_node) + && !re_node_set_contains (dfa->eclosures + node, + cls_node)) + { + /* It is against this limitation. + Remove it form the current sifted state. */ + err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes, + candidates); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + --node_idx; + } + } + } + else /* (ent->subexp_to != str_idx) */ + { + for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx) + { + Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx]; + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type; + if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP || type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP) + { + if (subexp_idx != dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx) + continue; + /* It is against this limitation. + Remove it form the current sifted state. */ + err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes, + candidates); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + } + } + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx, + Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx node_idx, node; + re_sift_context_t local_sctx; + Idx first_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, str_idx); + + if (first_idx == REG_MISSING) + return REG_NOERROR; + + local_sctx.sifted_states = NULL; /* Mark that it hasn't been initialized. */ + + for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < candidates->nelem; ++node_idx) + { + Idx enabled_idx; + re_token_type_t type; + struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry; + node = candidates->elems[node_idx]; + type = dfa->nodes[node].type; + /* Avoid infinite loop for the REs like "()\1+". */ + if (node == sctx->last_node && str_idx == sctx->last_str_idx) + continue; + if (type != OP_BACK_REF) + continue; + + entry = mctx->bkref_ents + first_idx; + enabled_idx = first_idx; + do + { + Idx subexp_len; + Idx to_idx; + Idx dst_node; + bool ok; + re_dfastate_t *cur_state; + + if (entry->node != node) + continue; + subexp_len = entry->subexp_to - entry->subexp_from; + to_idx = str_idx + subexp_len; + dst_node = (subexp_len ? dfa->nexts[node] + : dfa->edests[node].elems[0]); + + if (to_idx > sctx->last_str_idx + || sctx->sifted_states[to_idx] == NULL + || !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[to_idx], dst_node) + || check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits, node, + str_idx, dst_node, to_idx)) + continue; + + if (local_sctx.sifted_states == NULL) + { + local_sctx = *sctx; + err = re_node_set_init_copy (&local_sctx.limits, &sctx->limits); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + local_sctx.last_node = node; + local_sctx.last_str_idx = str_idx; + ok = re_node_set_insert (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + { + err = REG_ESPACE; + goto free_return; + } + cur_state = local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx]; + err = sift_states_backward (mctx, &local_sctx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + if (sctx->limited_states != NULL) + { + err = merge_state_array (dfa, sctx->limited_states, + local_sctx.sifted_states, + str_idx + 1); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx] = cur_state; + re_node_set_remove (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx); + + /* mctx->bkref_ents may have changed, reload the pointer. */ + entry = mctx->bkref_ents + enabled_idx; + } + while (enabled_idx++, entry++->more); + } + err = REG_NOERROR; + free_return: + if (local_sctx.sifted_states != NULL) + { + re_node_set_free (&local_sctx.limits); + } + + return err; +} + + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static int +internal_function +sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx, + Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + int naccepted; + /* Check the node can accept `multi byte'. */ + naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node_idx, &mctx->input, str_idx); + if (naccepted > 0 && str_idx + naccepted <= max_str_idx && + !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + naccepted], + dfa->nexts[node_idx])) + /* The node can't accept the `multi byte', or the + destination was already thrown away, then the node + could't accept the current input `multi byte'. */ + naccepted = 0; + /* Otherwise, it is sure that the node could accept + `naccepted' bytes input. */ + return naccepted; +} +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + +/* Functions for state transition. */ + +/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by + accepting the current input byte, and update STATE_LOG if necessary. + If STATE can accept a multibyte char/collating element/back reference + update the destination of STATE_LOG. */ + +static re_dfastate_t * +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_dfastate_t *state) +{ + re_dfastate_t **trtable; + unsigned char ch; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* If the current state can accept multibyte. */ + if (BE (state->accept_mb, 0)) + { + *err = transit_state_mb (mctx, state); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return NULL; + } +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + + /* Then decide the next state with the single byte. */ +#if 0 + if (0) + /* don't use transition table */ + return transit_state_sb (err, mctx, state); +#endif + + /* Use transition table */ + ch = re_string_fetch_byte (&mctx->input); + for (;;) + { + trtable = state->trtable; + if (BE (trtable != NULL, 1)) + return trtable[ch]; + + trtable = state->word_trtable; + if (BE (trtable != NULL, 1)) + { + unsigned int context; + context + = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, + re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1, + mctx->eflags); + if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) + return trtable[ch + SBC_MAX]; + else + return trtable[ch]; + } + + if (!build_trtable (mctx->dfa, state)) + { + *err = REG_ESPACE; + return NULL; + } + + /* Retry, we now have a transition table. */ + } +} + +/* Update the state_log if we need */ +static re_dfastate_t * +internal_function +merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_dfastate_t *next_state) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + Idx cur_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input); + + if (cur_idx > mctx->state_log_top) + { + mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state; + mctx->state_log_top = cur_idx; + } + else if (mctx->state_log[cur_idx] == 0) + { + mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state; + } + else + { + re_dfastate_t *pstate; + unsigned int context; + re_node_set next_nodes, *log_nodes, *table_nodes = NULL; + /* If (state_log[cur_idx] != 0), it implies that cur_idx is + the destination of a multibyte char/collating element/ + back reference. Then the next state is the union set of + these destinations and the results of the transition table. */ + pstate = mctx->state_log[cur_idx]; + log_nodes = pstate->entrance_nodes; + if (next_state != NULL) + { + table_nodes = next_state->entrance_nodes; + *err = re_node_set_init_union (&next_nodes, table_nodes, + log_nodes); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return NULL; + } + else + next_nodes = *log_nodes; + /* Note: We already add the nodes of the initial state, + then we don't need to add them here. */ + + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, + re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1, + mctx->eflags); + next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx] + = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context); + /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of + this function is next_state and ERR is already set. */ + + if (table_nodes != NULL) + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + } + + if (BE (dfa->nbackref, 0) && next_state != NULL) + { + /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the current state in case that we use them + later. We must check them here, since the back references in the + next state might use them. */ + *err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &next_state->nodes, + cur_idx); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return NULL; + + /* If the next state has back references. */ + if (next_state->has_backref) + { + *err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &next_state->nodes); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return NULL; + next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx]; + } + } + + return next_state; +} + +/* Skip bytes in the input that correspond to part of a + multi-byte match, then look in the log for a state + from which to restart matching. */ +static re_dfastate_t * +internal_function +find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx) +{ + re_dfastate_t *cur_state; + do + { + Idx max = mctx->state_log_top; + Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input); + + do + { + if (++cur_str_idx > max) + return NULL; + re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1); + } + while (mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL); + + cur_state = merge_state_with_log (err, mctx, NULL); + } + while (*err == REG_NOERROR && cur_state == NULL); + return cur_state; +} + +/* Helper functions for transit_state. */ + +/* From the node set CUR_NODES, pick up the nodes whose types are + OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and which have corresponding back references in the regular + expression. And register them to use them later for evaluating the + correspoding back references. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes, + Idx str_idx) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + Idx node_idx; + reg_errcode_t err; + + /* TODO: This isn't efficient. + Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are + OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all + nodes. + E.g. RE: (a){2} */ + for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx) + { + Idx node = cur_nodes->elems[node_idx]; + if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP + && dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS + && (dfa->used_bkref_map + & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx))) + { + err = match_ctx_add_subtop (mctx, node, str_idx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +#if 0 +/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by + accepting the current input byte. */ + +static re_dfastate_t * +transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx, + re_dfastate_t *state) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + re_node_set next_nodes; + re_dfastate_t *next_state; + Idx node_cnt, cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input); + unsigned int context; + + *err = re_node_set_alloc (&next_nodes, state->nodes.nelem + 1); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return NULL; + for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt) + { + Idx cur_node = state->nodes.elems[node_cnt]; + if (check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, cur_str_idx)) + { + *err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes, + dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node]); + if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return NULL; + } + } + } + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx, mctx->eflags); + next_state = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context); + /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of + this function is next_state and ERR is already set. */ + + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1); + return next_state; +} +#endif + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_dfastate_t *pstate) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx i; + + for (i = 0; i < pstate->nodes.nelem; ++i) + { + re_node_set dest_nodes, *new_nodes; + Idx cur_node_idx = pstate->nodes.elems[i]; + int naccepted; + Idx dest_idx; + unsigned int context; + re_dfastate_t *dest_state; + + if (!dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].accept_mb) + continue; + + if (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint) + { + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, + re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input), + mctx->eflags); + if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint, + context)) + continue; + } + + /* How many bytes the node can accept? */ + naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node_idx, &mctx->input, + re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input)); + if (naccepted == 0) + continue; + + /* The node can accepts `naccepted' bytes. */ + dest_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + naccepted; + mctx->max_mb_elem_len = ((mctx->max_mb_elem_len < naccepted) ? naccepted + : mctx->max_mb_elem_len); + err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, dest_idx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx] != REG_MISSING); +#endif + new_nodes = dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx]; + + dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_idx]; + if (dest_state == NULL) + dest_nodes = *new_nodes; + else + { + err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes, + dest_state->entrance_nodes, new_nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_idx - 1, + mctx->eflags); + mctx->state_log[dest_idx] + = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context); + if (dest_state != NULL) + re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes); + if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_idx] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *nodes) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx i; + Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input); + + for (i = 0; i < nodes->nelem; ++i) + { + Idx dest_str_idx, prev_nelem, bkc_idx; + Idx node_idx = nodes->elems[i]; + unsigned int context; + const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx; + re_node_set *new_dest_nodes; + + /* Check whether `node' is a backreference or not. */ + if (node->type != OP_BACK_REF) + continue; + + if (node->constraint) + { + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx, + mctx->eflags); + if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context)) + continue; + } + + /* `node' is a backreference. + Check the substring which the substring matched. */ + bkc_idx = mctx->nbkref_ents; + err = get_subexp (mctx, node_idx, cur_str_idx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + + /* And add the epsilon closures (which is `new_dest_nodes') of + the backreference to appropriate state_log. */ +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (dfa->nexts[node_idx] != REG_MISSING); +#endif + for (; bkc_idx < mctx->nbkref_ents; ++bkc_idx) + { + Idx subexp_len; + re_dfastate_t *dest_state; + struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ent; + bkref_ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkc_idx; + if (bkref_ent->node != node_idx || bkref_ent->str_idx != cur_str_idx) + continue; + subexp_len = bkref_ent->subexp_to - bkref_ent->subexp_from; + new_dest_nodes = (subexp_len == 0 + ? dfa->eclosures + dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0] + : dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[node_idx]); + dest_str_idx = (cur_str_idx + bkref_ent->subexp_to + - bkref_ent->subexp_from); + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_str_idx - 1, + mctx->eflags); + dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]; + prev_nelem = ((mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL) ? 0 + : mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem); + /* Add `new_dest_node' to state_log. */ + if (dest_state == NULL) + { + mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] + = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, new_dest_nodes, + context); + if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL + && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + else + { + re_node_set dest_nodes; + err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes, + dest_state->entrance_nodes, + new_dest_nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes); + goto free_return; + } + mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] + = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context); + re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes); + if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL + && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + /* We need to check recursively if the backreference can epsilon + transit. */ + if (subexp_len == 0 + && mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem > prev_nelem) + { + err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, new_dest_nodes, + cur_str_idx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, new_dest_nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto free_return; + } + } + } + err = REG_NOERROR; + free_return: + return err; +} + +/* Enumerate all the candidates which the backreference BKREF_NODE can match + at BKREF_STR_IDX, and register them by match_ctx_add_entry(). + Note that we might collect inappropriate candidates here. + However, the cost of checking them strictly here is too high, then we + delay these checking for prune_impossible_nodes(). */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + Idx subexp_num, sub_top_idx; + const char *buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input); + /* Return if we have already checked BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR_IDX. */ + Idx cache_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, bkref_str_idx); + if (cache_idx != REG_MISSING) + { + const struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry + = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx; + do + if (entry->node == bkref_node) + return REG_NOERROR; /* We already checked it. */ + while (entry++->more); + } + + subexp_num = dfa->nodes[bkref_node].opr.idx; + + /* For each sub expression */ + for (sub_top_idx = 0; sub_top_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++sub_top_idx) + { + reg_errcode_t err; + re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top = mctx->sub_tops[sub_top_idx]; + re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last; + Idx sub_last_idx, sl_str, bkref_str_off; + + if (dfa->nodes[sub_top->node].opr.idx != subexp_num) + continue; /* It isn't related. */ + + sl_str = sub_top->str_idx; + bkref_str_off = bkref_str_idx; + /* At first, check the last node of sub expressions we already + evaluated. */ + for (sub_last_idx = 0; sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts; ++sub_last_idx) + { + regoff_t sl_str_diff; + sub_last = sub_top->lasts[sub_last_idx]; + sl_str_diff = sub_last->str_idx - sl_str; + /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring + at the back reference? */ + if (sl_str_diff > 0) + { + if (BE (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.valid_len, 0)) + { + /* Not enough chars for a successful match. */ + if (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.len) + break; + + err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, + bkref_str_off + + sl_str_diff); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input); + } + if (memcmp (buf + bkref_str_off, buf + sl_str, sl_str_diff) != 0) + /* We don't need to search this sub expression any more. */ + break; + } + bkref_str_off += sl_str_diff; + sl_str += sl_str_diff; + err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node, + bkref_str_idx); + + /* Reload buf, since the preceding call might have reallocated + the buffer. */ + buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input); + + if (err == REG_NOMATCH) + continue; + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + + if (sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts) + continue; + if (sub_last_idx > 0) + ++sl_str; + /* Then, search for the other last nodes of the sub expression. */ + for (; sl_str <= bkref_str_idx; ++sl_str) + { + Idx cls_node; + regoff_t sl_str_off; + const re_node_set *nodes; + sl_str_off = sl_str - sub_top->str_idx; + /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring + at the back reference? */ + if (sl_str_off > 0) + { + if (BE (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.valid_len, 0)) + { + /* If we are at the end of the input, we cannot match. */ + if (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.len) + break; + + err = extend_buffers (mctx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + + buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input); + } + if (buf [bkref_str_off++] != buf[sl_str - 1]) + break; /* We don't need to search this sub expression + any more. */ + } + if (mctx->state_log[sl_str] == NULL) + continue; + /* Does this state have a ')' of the sub expression? */ + nodes = &mctx->state_log[sl_str]->nodes; + cls_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, nodes, subexp_num, + OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP); + if (cls_node == REG_MISSING) + continue; /* No. */ + if (sub_top->path == NULL) + { + sub_top->path = calloc (sizeof (state_array_t), + sl_str - sub_top->str_idx + 1); + if (sub_top->path == NULL) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + /* Can the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP node arrive the OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP node + in the current context? */ + err = check_arrival (mctx, sub_top->path, sub_top->node, + sub_top->str_idx, cls_node, sl_str, + OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP); + if (err == REG_NOMATCH) + continue; + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + sub_last = match_ctx_add_sublast (sub_top, cls_node, sl_str); + if (BE (sub_last == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node, + bkref_str_idx); + if (err == REG_NOMATCH) + continue; + } + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Helper functions for get_subexp(). */ + +/* Check SUB_LAST can arrive to the back reference BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR. + If it can arrive, register the sub expression expressed with SUB_TOP + and SUB_LAST. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top, + re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx to_idx; + /* Can the subexpression arrive the back reference? */ + err = check_arrival (mctx, &sub_last->path, sub_last->node, + sub_last->str_idx, bkref_node, bkref_str, + OP_OPEN_SUBEXP); + if (err != REG_NOERROR) + return err; + err = match_ctx_add_entry (mctx, bkref_node, bkref_str, sub_top->str_idx, + sub_last->str_idx); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + to_idx = bkref_str + sub_last->str_idx - sub_top->str_idx; + return clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, to_idx); +} + +/* Find the first node which is '(' or ')' and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX. + Search '(' if FL_OPEN, or search ')' otherwise. + TODO: This function isn't efficient... + Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are + OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all + nodes. + E.g. RE: (a){2} */ + +static Idx +internal_function +find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes, + Idx subexp_idx, int type) +{ + Idx cls_idx; + for (cls_idx = 0; cls_idx < nodes->nelem; ++cls_idx) + { + Idx cls_node = nodes->elems[cls_idx]; + const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + cls_node; + if (node->type == type + && node->opr.idx == subexp_idx) + return cls_node; + } + return REG_MISSING; +} + +/* Check whether the node TOP_NODE at TOP_STR can arrive to the node + LAST_NODE at LAST_STR. We record the path onto PATH since it will be + heavily reused. + Return REG_NOERROR if it can arrive, or REG_NOMATCH otherwise. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx, state_array_t *path, Idx top_node, + Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str, int type) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR; + Idx subexp_num, backup_cur_idx, str_idx, null_cnt; + re_dfastate_t *cur_state = NULL; + re_node_set *cur_nodes, next_nodes; + re_dfastate_t **backup_state_log; + unsigned int context; + + subexp_num = dfa->nodes[top_node].opr.idx; + /* Extend the buffer if we need. */ + if (BE (path->alloc < last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1, 0)) + { + re_dfastate_t **new_array; + Idx old_alloc = path->alloc; + Idx new_alloc = old_alloc + last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1; + if (BE (new_alloc < old_alloc, 0) + || BE (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) < new_alloc, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + new_array = re_realloc (path->array, re_dfastate_t *, new_alloc); + if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + path->array = new_array; + path->alloc = new_alloc; + memset (new_array + old_alloc, '\0', + sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (path->alloc - old_alloc)); + } + + str_idx = path->next_idx ? path->next_idx : top_str; + + /* Temporary modify MCTX. */ + backup_state_log = mctx->state_log; + backup_cur_idx = mctx->input.cur_idx; + mctx->state_log = path->array; + mctx->input.cur_idx = str_idx; + + /* Setup initial node set. */ + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags); + if (str_idx == top_str) + { + err = re_node_set_init_1 (&next_nodes, top_node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + } + else + { + cur_state = mctx->state_log[str_idx]; + if (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref) + { + err = re_node_set_init_copy (&next_nodes, &cur_state->nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + else + re_node_set_init_empty (&next_nodes); + } + if (str_idx == top_str || (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref)) + { + if (next_nodes.nelem) + { + err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx, + subexp_num, type); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + } + cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context); + if (BE (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state; + } + + for (null_cnt = 0; str_idx < last_str && null_cnt <= mctx->max_mb_elem_len;) + { + re_node_set_empty (&next_nodes); + if (mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1]) + { + err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes, + &mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1]->nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + } + if (cur_state) + { + err = check_arrival_add_next_nodes (mctx, str_idx, + &cur_state->non_eps_nodes, + &next_nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + } + ++str_idx; + if (next_nodes.nelem) + { + err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx, + subexp_num, type); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + } + context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags); + cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context); + if (BE (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + return err; + } + mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state; + null_cnt = cur_state == NULL ? null_cnt + 1 : 0; + } + re_node_set_free (&next_nodes); + cur_nodes = (mctx->state_log[last_str] == NULL ? NULL + : &mctx->state_log[last_str]->nodes); + path->next_idx = str_idx; + + /* Fix MCTX. */ + mctx->state_log = backup_state_log; + mctx->input.cur_idx = backup_cur_idx; + + /* Then check the current node set has the node LAST_NODE. */ + if (cur_nodes != NULL && re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, last_node)) + return REG_NOERROR; + + return REG_NOMATCH; +} + +/* Helper functions for check_arrival. */ + +/* Calculate the destination nodes of CUR_NODES at STR_IDX, and append them + to NEXT_NODES. + TODO: This function is similar to the functions transit_state*(), + however this function has many additional works. + Can't we unify them? */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx, + re_node_set *cur_nodes, re_node_set *next_nodes) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + bool ok; + Idx cur_idx; +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR; +#endif + re_node_set union_set; + re_node_set_init_empty (&union_set); + for (cur_idx = 0; cur_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++cur_idx) + { + int naccepted = 0; + Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[cur_idx]; +#ifdef DEBUG + re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type; + assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (type)); +#endif +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + /* If the node may accept `multi byte'. */ + if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].accept_mb) + { + naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node, &mctx->input, + str_idx); + if (naccepted > 1) + { + re_dfastate_t *dest_state; + Idx next_node = dfa->nexts[cur_node]; + Idx next_idx = str_idx + naccepted; + dest_state = mctx->state_log[next_idx]; + re_node_set_empty (&union_set); + if (dest_state) + { + err = re_node_set_merge (&union_set, &dest_state->nodes); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&union_set); + return err; + } + } + ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&union_set); + return REG_ESPACE; + } + mctx->state_log[next_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, + &union_set); + if (BE (mctx->state_log[next_idx] == NULL + && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&union_set); + return err; + } + } + } +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + if (naccepted + || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, str_idx)) + { + ok = re_node_set_insert (next_nodes, dfa->nexts[cur_node]); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&union_set); + return REG_ESPACE; + } + } + } + re_node_set_free (&union_set); + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* For all the nodes in CUR_NODES, add the epsilon closures of them to + CUR_NODES, however exclude the nodes which are: + - inside the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if FL_OPEN. + - out of the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if !FL_OPEN. +*/ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function +check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *cur_nodes, + Idx ex_subexp, int type) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx idx, outside_node; + re_node_set new_nodes; +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (cur_nodes->nelem); +#endif + err = re_node_set_alloc (&new_nodes, cur_nodes->nelem); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + /* Create a new node set NEW_NODES with the nodes which are epsilon + closures of the node in CUR_NODES. */ + + for (idx = 0; idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++idx) + { + Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[idx]; + const re_node_set *eclosure = dfa->eclosures + cur_node; + outside_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, eclosure, ex_subexp, type); + if (outside_node == REG_MISSING) + { + /* There are no problematic nodes, just merge them. */ + err = re_node_set_merge (&new_nodes, eclosure); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&new_nodes); + return err; + } + } + else + { + /* There are problematic nodes, re-calculate incrementally. */ + err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, &new_nodes, cur_node, + ex_subexp, type); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&new_nodes); + return err; + } + } + } + re_node_set_free (cur_nodes); + *cur_nodes = new_nodes; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Helper function for check_arrival_expand_ecl. + Check incrementally the epsilon closure of TARGET, and if it isn't + problematic append it to DST_NODES. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dst_nodes, + Idx target, Idx ex_subexp, int type) +{ + Idx cur_node; + for (cur_node = target; !re_node_set_contains (dst_nodes, cur_node);) + { + bool ok; + + if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type == type + && dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx == ex_subexp) + { + if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP) + { + ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + break; + } + ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 0) + break; + if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 2) + { + reg_errcode_t err; + err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, dst_nodes, + dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1], + ex_subexp, type); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + cur_node = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0]; + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + + +/* For all the back references in the current state, calculate the + destination of the back references by the appropriate entry + in MCTX->BKREF_ENTS. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes, + Idx cur_str, Idx subexp_num, int type) +{ + const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa; + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx cache_idx_start = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, cur_str); + struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent; + + if (cache_idx_start == REG_MISSING) + return REG_NOERROR; + + restart: + ent = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx_start; + do + { + Idx to_idx, next_node; + + /* Is this entry ENT is appropriate? */ + if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, ent->node)) + continue; /* No. */ + + to_idx = cur_str + ent->subexp_to - ent->subexp_from; + /* Calculate the destination of the back reference, and append it + to MCTX->STATE_LOG. */ + if (to_idx == cur_str) + { + /* The backreference did epsilon transit, we must re-check all the + node in the current state. */ + re_node_set new_dests; + reg_errcode_t err2, err3; + next_node = dfa->edests[ent->node].elems[0]; + if (re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, next_node)) + continue; + err = re_node_set_init_1 (&new_dests, next_node); + err2 = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &new_dests, subexp_num, type); + err3 = re_node_set_merge (cur_nodes, &new_dests); + re_node_set_free (&new_dests); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR || err2 != REG_NOERROR + || err3 != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + { + err = (err != REG_NOERROR ? err + : (err2 != REG_NOERROR ? err2 : err3)); + return err; + } + /* TODO: It is still inefficient... */ + goto restart; + } + else + { + re_node_set union_set; + next_node = dfa->nexts[ent->node]; + if (mctx->state_log[to_idx]) + { + bool ok; + if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes, + next_node)) + continue; + err = re_node_set_init_copy (&union_set, + &mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes); + ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR || ! ok, 0)) + { + re_node_set_free (&union_set); + err = err != REG_NOERROR ? err : REG_ESPACE; + return err; + } + } + else + { + err = re_node_set_init_1 (&union_set, next_node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + mctx->state_log[to_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &union_set); + re_node_set_free (&union_set); + if (BE (mctx->state_log[to_idx] == NULL + && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return err; + } + } + while (ent++->more); + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Build transition table for the state. + Return true if successful. */ + +static bool +internal_function +build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *state) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + Idx i, j; + int ch; + bool need_word_trtable = false; + bitset_word_t elem, mask; + bool dests_node_malloced = false; + bool dest_states_malloced = false; + Idx ndests; /* Number of the destination states from `state'. */ + re_dfastate_t **trtable; + re_dfastate_t **dest_states = NULL, **dest_states_word, **dest_states_nl; + re_node_set follows, *dests_node; + bitset_t *dests_ch; + bitset_t acceptable; + + struct dests_alloc + { + re_node_set dests_node[SBC_MAX]; + bitset_t dests_ch[SBC_MAX]; + } *dests_alloc; + + /* We build DFA states which corresponds to the destination nodes + from `state'. `dests_node[i]' represents the nodes which i-th + destination state contains, and `dests_ch[i]' represents the + characters which i-th destination state accepts. */ + if (__libc_use_alloca (sizeof (struct dests_alloc))) + dests_alloc = (struct dests_alloc *) alloca (sizeof (struct dests_alloc)); + else + { + dests_alloc = re_malloc (struct dests_alloc, 1); + if (BE (dests_alloc == NULL, 0)) + return false; + dests_node_malloced = true; + } + dests_node = dests_alloc->dests_node; + dests_ch = dests_alloc->dests_ch; + + /* Initialize transiton table. */ + state->word_trtable = state->trtable = NULL; + + /* At first, group all nodes belonging to `state' into several + destinations. */ + ndests = group_nodes_into_DFAstates (dfa, state, dests_node, dests_ch); + if (BE (! REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (ndests), 0)) + { + if (dests_node_malloced) + free (dests_alloc); + if (ndests == 0) + { + state->trtable = (re_dfastate_t **) + calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX); + return true; + } + return false; + } + + err = re_node_set_alloc (&follows, ndests + 1); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto out_free; + + /* Avoid arithmetic overflow in size calculation. */ + if (BE ((((SIZE_MAX - (sizeof (re_node_set) + sizeof (bitset_t)) * SBC_MAX) + / (3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *))) + < ndests), + 0)) + goto out_free; + + if (__libc_use_alloca ((sizeof (re_node_set) + sizeof (bitset_t)) * SBC_MAX + + ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *))) + dest_states = (re_dfastate_t **) + alloca (ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)); + else + { + dest_states = (re_dfastate_t **) + malloc (ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)); + if (BE (dest_states == NULL, 0)) + { +out_free: + if (dest_states_malloced) + free (dest_states); + re_node_set_free (&follows); + for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i) + re_node_set_free (dests_node + i); + if (dests_node_malloced) + free (dests_alloc); + return false; + } + dest_states_malloced = true; + } + dest_states_word = dest_states + ndests; + dest_states_nl = dest_states_word + ndests; + bitset_empty (acceptable); + + /* Then build the states for all destinations. */ + for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i) + { + Idx next_node; + re_node_set_empty (&follows); + /* Merge the follows of this destination states. */ + for (j = 0; j < dests_node[i].nelem; ++j) + { + next_node = dfa->nexts[dests_node[i].elems[j]]; + if (next_node != REG_MISSING) + { + err = re_node_set_merge (&follows, dfa->eclosures + next_node); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto out_free; + } + } + dest_states[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows, 0); + if (BE (dest_states[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto out_free; + /* If the new state has context constraint, + build appropriate states for these contexts. */ + if (dest_states[i]->has_constraint) + { + dest_states_word[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows, + CONTEXT_WORD); + if (BE (dest_states_word[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto out_free; + + if (dest_states[i] != dest_states_word[i] && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + need_word_trtable = true; + + dest_states_nl[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows, + CONTEXT_NEWLINE); + if (BE (dest_states_nl[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto out_free; + } + else + { + dest_states_word[i] = dest_states[i]; + dest_states_nl[i] = dest_states[i]; + } + bitset_merge (acceptable, dests_ch[i]); + } + + if (!BE (need_word_trtable, 0)) + { + /* We don't care about whether the following character is a word + character, or we are in a single-byte character set so we can + discern by looking at the character code: allocate a + 256-entry transition table. */ + trtable = state->trtable = + (re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX); + if (BE (trtable == NULL, 0)) + goto out_free; + + /* For all characters ch...: */ + for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i) + for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1; + elem; + mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch) + if (BE (elem & 1, 0)) + { + /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts + character ch. See group_nodes_into_DFAstates. */ + for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j) + ; + + /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch. */ + if (dfa->word_char[i] & mask) + trtable[ch] = dest_states_word[j]; + else + trtable[ch] = dest_states[j]; + } + } + else + { + /* We care about whether the following character is a word + character, and we are in a multi-byte character set: discern + by looking at the character code: build two 256-entry + transition tables, one starting at trtable[0] and one + starting at trtable[SBC_MAX]. */ + trtable = state->word_trtable = + (re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), 2 * SBC_MAX); + if (BE (trtable == NULL, 0)) + goto out_free; + + /* For all characters ch...: */ + for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i) + for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1; + elem; + mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch) + if (BE (elem & 1, 0)) + { + /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts + character ch. See group_nodes_into_DFAstates. */ + for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j) + ; + + /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch. */ + trtable[ch] = dest_states[j]; + trtable[ch + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_word[j]; + } + } + + /* new line */ + if (bitset_contain (acceptable, NEWLINE_CHAR)) + { + /* The current state accepts newline character. */ + for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j) + if (bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], NEWLINE_CHAR)) + { + /* k-th destination accepts newline character. */ + trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR] = dest_states_nl[j]; + if (need_word_trtable) + trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_nl[j]; + /* There must be only one destination which accepts + newline. See group_nodes_into_DFAstates. */ + break; + } + } + + if (dest_states_malloced) + free (dest_states); + + re_node_set_free (&follows); + for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i) + re_node_set_free (dests_node + i); + + if (dests_node_malloced) + free (dests_alloc); + + return true; +} + +/* Group all nodes belonging to STATE into several destinations. + Then for all destinations, set the nodes belonging to the destination + to DESTS_NODE[i] and set the characters accepted by the destination + to DEST_CH[i]. This function return the number of destinations. */ + +static Idx +internal_function +group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_dfastate_t *state, + re_node_set *dests_node, bitset_t *dests_ch) +{ + reg_errcode_t err; + bool ok; + Idx i, j, k; + Idx ndests; /* Number of the destinations from `state'. */ + bitset_t accepts; /* Characters a node can accept. */ + const re_node_set *cur_nodes = &state->nodes; + bitset_empty (accepts); + ndests = 0; + + /* For all the nodes belonging to `state', */ + for (i = 0; i < cur_nodes->nelem; ++i) + { + re_token_t *node = &dfa->nodes[cur_nodes->elems[i]]; + re_token_type_t type = node->type; + unsigned int constraint = node->constraint; + + /* Enumerate all single byte character this node can accept. */ + if (type == CHARACTER) + bitset_set (accepts, node->opr.c); + else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET) + { + bitset_merge (accepts, node->opr.sbcset); + } + else if (type == OP_PERIOD) + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + bitset_merge (accepts, dfa->sb_char); + else +#endif + bitset_set_all (accepts); + if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)) + bitset_clear (accepts, '\n'); + if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL) + bitset_clear (accepts, '\0'); + } +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + else if (type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD) + { + if (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0) + memset (accepts, -1, ASCII_CHARS / CHAR_BIT); + else + bitset_merge (accepts, utf8_sb_map); + if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)) + bitset_clear (accepts, '\n'); + if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL) + bitset_clear (accepts, '\0'); + } +#endif + else + continue; + + /* Check the `accepts' and sift the characters which are not + match it the context. */ + if (constraint) + { + if (constraint & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) + { + bool accepts_newline = bitset_contain (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR); + bitset_empty (accepts); + if (accepts_newline) + bitset_set (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR); + else + continue; + } + if (constraint & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) + { + bitset_empty (accepts); + continue; + } + + if (constraint & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) + { + bitset_word_t any_set = 0; + if (type == CHARACTER && !node->word_char) + { + bitset_empty (accepts); + continue; + } +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j) + any_set |= (accepts[j] &= (dfa->word_char[j] | ~dfa->sb_char[j])); + else +#endif + for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j) + any_set |= (accepts[j] &= dfa->word_char[j]); + if (!any_set) + continue; + } + if (constraint & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) + { + bitset_word_t any_set = 0; + if (type == CHARACTER && node->word_char) + { + bitset_empty (accepts); + continue; + } +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) + for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j) + any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~(dfa->word_char[j] & dfa->sb_char[j])); + else +#endif + for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j) + any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~dfa->word_char[j]); + if (!any_set) + continue; + } + } + + /* Then divide `accepts' into DFA states, or create a new + state. Above, we make sure that accepts is not empty. */ + for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j) + { + bitset_t intersec; /* Intersection sets, see below. */ + bitset_t remains; + /* Flags, see below. */ + bitset_word_t has_intersec, not_subset, not_consumed; + + /* Optimization, skip if this state doesn't accept the character. */ + if (type == CHARACTER && !bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], node->opr.c)) + continue; + + /* Enumerate the intersection set of this state and `accepts'. */ + has_intersec = 0; + for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k) + has_intersec |= intersec[k] = accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k]; + /* And skip if the intersection set is empty. */ + if (!has_intersec) + continue; + + /* Then check if this state is a subset of `accepts'. */ + not_subset = not_consumed = 0; + for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k) + { + not_subset |= remains[k] = ~accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k]; + not_consumed |= accepts[k] = accepts[k] & ~dests_ch[j][k]; + } + + /* If this state isn't a subset of `accepts', create a + new group state, which has the `remains'. */ + if (not_subset) + { + bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], remains); + bitset_copy (dests_ch[j], intersec); + err = re_node_set_init_copy (dests_node + ndests, &dests_node[j]); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto error_return; + ++ndests; + } + + /* Put the position in the current group. */ + ok = re_node_set_insert (&dests_node[j], cur_nodes->elems[i]); + if (BE (! ok, 0)) + goto error_return; + + /* If all characters are consumed, go to next node. */ + if (!not_consumed) + break; + } + /* Some characters remain, create a new group. */ + if (j == ndests) + { + bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], accepts); + err = re_node_set_init_1 (dests_node + ndests, cur_nodes->elems[i]); + if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + goto error_return; + ++ndests; + bitset_empty (accepts); + } + } + return ndests; + error_return: + for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j) + re_node_set_free (dests_node + j); + return REG_MISSING; +} + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N +/* Check how many bytes the node `dfa->nodes[node_idx]' accepts. + Return the number of the bytes the node accepts. + STR_IDX is the current index of the input string. + + This function handles the nodes which can accept one character, or + one collating element like '.', '[a-z]', opposite to the other nodes + can only accept one byte. */ + +static int +internal_function +check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx, + const re_string_t *input, Idx str_idx) +{ + const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx; + int char_len, elem_len; + Idx i; + + if (BE (node->type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD, 0)) + { + unsigned char c = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx), d; + if (BE (c < 0xc2, 1)) + return 0; + + if (str_idx + 2 > input->len) + return 0; + + d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + 1); + if (c < 0xe0) + return (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf) ? 0 : 2; + else if (c < 0xf0) + { + char_len = 3; + if (c == 0xe0 && d < 0xa0) + return 0; + } + else if (c < 0xf8) + { + char_len = 4; + if (c == 0xf0 && d < 0x90) + return 0; + } + else if (c < 0xfc) + { + char_len = 5; + if (c == 0xf8 && d < 0x88) + return 0; + } + else if (c < 0xfe) + { + char_len = 6; + if (c == 0xfc && d < 0x84) + return 0; + } + else + return 0; + + if (str_idx + char_len > input->len) + return 0; + + for (i = 1; i < char_len; ++i) + { + d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + i); + if (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf) + return 0; + } + return char_len; + } + + char_len = re_string_char_size_at (input, str_idx); + if (node->type == OP_PERIOD) + { + if (char_len <= 1) + return 0; + /* FIXME: I don't think this if is needed, as both '\n' + and '\0' are char_len == 1. */ + /* '.' accepts any one character except the following two cases. */ + if ((!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE) && + re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\n') || + ((dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL) && + re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\0')) + return 0; + return char_len; + } + + elem_len = re_string_elem_size_at (input, str_idx); + if ((elem_len <= 1 && char_len <= 1) || char_len == 0) + return 0; + + if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET) + { + const re_charset_t *cset = node->opr.mbcset; +# ifdef _LIBC + const unsigned char *pin + = ((const unsigned char *) re_string_get_buffer (input) + str_idx); + Idx j; + uint32_t nrules; +# endif /* _LIBC */ + int match_len = 0; + wchar_t wc = ((cset->nranges || cset->nchar_classes || cset->nmbchars) + ? re_string_wchar_at (input, str_idx) : 0); + + /* match with multibyte character? */ + for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i) + if (wc == cset->mbchars[i]) + { + match_len = char_len; + goto check_node_accept_bytes_match; + } + /* match with character_class? */ + for (i = 0; i < cset->nchar_classes; ++i) + { + wctype_t wt = cset->char_classes[i]; + if (__iswctype (wc, wt)) + { + match_len = char_len; + goto check_node_accept_bytes_match; + } + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + if (nrules != 0) + { + unsigned int in_collseq = 0; + const int32_t *table, *indirect; + const unsigned char *weights, *extra; + const char *collseqwc; + int32_t idx; + /* This #include defines a local function! */ +# include + + /* match with collating_symbol? */ + if (cset->ncoll_syms) + extra = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB); + for (i = 0; i < cset->ncoll_syms; ++i) + { + const unsigned char *coll_sym = extra + cset->coll_syms[i]; + /* Compare the length of input collating element and + the length of current collating element. */ + if (*coll_sym != elem_len) + continue; + /* Compare each bytes. */ + for (j = 0; j < *coll_sym; j++) + if (pin[j] != coll_sym[1 + j]) + break; + if (j == *coll_sym) + { + /* Match if every bytes is equal. */ + match_len = j; + goto check_node_accept_bytes_match; + } + } + + if (cset->nranges) + { + if (elem_len <= char_len) + { + collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC); + in_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc); + } + else + in_collseq = find_collation_sequence_value (pin, elem_len); + } + /* match with range expression? */ + for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i) + if (cset->range_starts[i] <= in_collseq + && in_collseq <= cset->range_ends[i]) + { + match_len = elem_len; + goto check_node_accept_bytes_match; + } + + /* match with equivalence_class? */ + if (cset->nequiv_classes) + { + const unsigned char *cp = pin; + table = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB); + weights = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB); + extra = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB); + indirect = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB); + int32_t idx = findidx (&cp); + if (idx > 0) + for (i = 0; i < cset->nequiv_classes; ++i) + { + int32_t equiv_class_idx = cset->equiv_classes[i]; + size_t weight_len = weights[idx & 0xffffff]; + if (weight_len == weights[equiv_class_idx & 0xffffff] + && (idx >> 24) == (equiv_class_idx >> 24)) + { + Idx cnt = 0; + + idx &= 0xffffff; + equiv_class_idx &= 0xffffff; + + while (cnt <= weight_len + && (weights[equiv_class_idx + 1 + cnt] + == weights[idx + 1 + cnt])) + ++cnt; + if (cnt > weight_len) + { + match_len = elem_len; + goto check_node_accept_bytes_match; + } + } + } + } + } + else +# endif /* _LIBC */ + { + /* match with range expression? */ +#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && ! (__STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L && __STRICT_ANSI__) + wchar_t cmp_buf[] = {L'\0', L'\0', wc, L'\0', L'\0', L'\0'}; +#else + wchar_t cmp_buf[] = {L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0', L'\0'}; + cmp_buf[2] = wc; +#endif + for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i) + { + cmp_buf[0] = cset->range_starts[i]; + cmp_buf[4] = cset->range_ends[i]; + if (wcscoll (cmp_buf, cmp_buf + 2) <= 0 + && wcscoll (cmp_buf + 2, cmp_buf + 4) <= 0) + { + match_len = char_len; + goto check_node_accept_bytes_match; + } + } + } + check_node_accept_bytes_match: + if (!cset->non_match) + return match_len; + else + { + if (match_len > 0) + return 0; + else + return (elem_len > char_len) ? elem_len : char_len; + } + } + return 0; +} + +# ifdef _LIBC +static unsigned int +internal_function +find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs, size_t mbs_len) +{ + uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + if (nrules == 0) + { + if (mbs_len == 1) + { + /* No valid character. Match it as a single byte character. */ + const unsigned char *collseq = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB); + return collseq[mbs[0]]; + } + return UINT_MAX; + } + else + { + int32_t idx; + const unsigned char *extra = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB); + int32_t extrasize = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB + 1) - extra; + + for (idx = 0; idx < extrasize;) + { + int mbs_cnt; + bool found = false; + int32_t elem_mbs_len; + /* Skip the name of collating element name. */ + idx = idx + extra[idx] + 1; + elem_mbs_len = extra[idx++]; + if (mbs_len == elem_mbs_len) + { + for (mbs_cnt = 0; mbs_cnt < elem_mbs_len; ++mbs_cnt) + if (extra[idx + mbs_cnt] != mbs[mbs_cnt]) + break; + if (mbs_cnt == elem_mbs_len) + /* Found the entry. */ + found = true; + } + /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element. */ + idx += elem_mbs_len; + /* Adjust for the alignment. */ + idx = (idx + 3) & ~3; + /* Skip the collation sequence value. */ + idx += sizeof (uint32_t); + /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element. */ + idx = idx + sizeof (uint32_t) * (extra[idx] + 1); + /* If we found the entry, return the sequence value. */ + if (found) + return *(uint32_t *) (extra + idx); + /* Skip the collation sequence value. */ + idx += sizeof (uint32_t); + } + return UINT_MAX; + } +} +# endif /* _LIBC */ +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + +/* Check whether the node accepts the byte which is IDX-th + byte of the INPUT. */ + +static bool +internal_function +check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_token_t *node, + Idx idx) +{ + unsigned char ch; + ch = re_string_byte_at (&mctx->input, idx); + switch (node->type) + { + case CHARACTER: + if (node->opr.c != ch) + return false; + break; + + case SIMPLE_BRACKET: + if (!bitset_contain (node->opr.sbcset, ch)) + return false; + break; + +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + case OP_UTF8_PERIOD: + if (ch >= ASCII_CHARS) + return false; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ +#endif + case OP_PERIOD: + if ((ch == '\n' && !(mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)) + || (ch == '\0' && (mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL))) + return false; + break; + + default: + return false; + } + + if (node->constraint) + { + /* The node has constraints. Check whether the current context + satisfies the constraints. */ + unsigned int context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx, + mctx->eflags); + if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context)) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Extend the buffers, if the buffers have run out. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx) +{ + reg_errcode_t ret; + re_string_t *pstr = &mctx->input; + + /* Avoid overflow. */ + if (BE (SIZE_MAX / 2 / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) <= pstr->bufs_len, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + /* Double the lengthes of the buffers. */ + ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, pstr->bufs_len * 2); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + + if (mctx->state_log != NULL) + { + /* And double the length of state_log. */ + /* XXX We have no indication of the size of this buffer. If this + allocation fail we have no indication that the state_log array + does not have the right size. */ + re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->state_log, re_dfastate_t *, + pstr->bufs_len + 1); + if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + mctx->state_log = new_array; + } + + /* Then reconstruct the buffers. */ + if (pstr->icase) + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1) + { + ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr); + if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0)) + return ret; + } + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + build_upper_buffer (pstr); + } + else + { +#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N + if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1) + build_wcs_buffer (pstr); + else +#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */ + { + if (pstr->trans != NULL) + re_string_translate_buffer (pstr); + } + } + return REG_NOERROR; +} + + +/* Functions for matching context. */ + +/* Initialize MCTX. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *mctx, int eflags, Idx n) +{ + mctx->eflags = eflags; + mctx->match_last = REG_MISSING; + if (n > 0) + { + /* Avoid overflow. */ + size_t max_object_size = + MAX (sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry), + sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t *)); + if (BE (SIZE_MAX / max_object_size < n, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + + mctx->bkref_ents = re_malloc (struct re_backref_cache_entry, n); + mctx->sub_tops = re_malloc (re_sub_match_top_t *, n); + if (BE (mctx->bkref_ents == NULL || mctx->sub_tops == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + } + /* Already zero-ed by the caller. + else + mctx->bkref_ents = NULL; + mctx->nbkref_ents = 0; + mctx->nsub_tops = 0; */ + mctx->abkref_ents = n; + mctx->max_mb_elem_len = 1; + mctx->asub_tops = n; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Clean the entries which depend on the current input in MCTX. + This function must be invoked when the matcher changes the start index + of the input, or changes the input string. */ + +static void +internal_function +match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx) +{ + Idx st_idx; + for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++st_idx) + { + Idx sl_idx; + re_sub_match_top_t *top = mctx->sub_tops[st_idx]; + for (sl_idx = 0; sl_idx < top->nlasts; ++sl_idx) + { + re_sub_match_last_t *last = top->lasts[sl_idx]; + re_free (last->path.array); + re_free (last); + } + re_free (top->lasts); + if (top->path) + { + re_free (top->path->array); + re_free (top->path); + } + free (top); + } + + mctx->nsub_tops = 0; + mctx->nbkref_ents = 0; +} + +/* Free all the memory associated with MCTX. */ + +static void +internal_function +match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *mctx) +{ + /* First, free all the memory associated with MCTX->SUB_TOPS. */ + match_ctx_clean (mctx); + re_free (mctx->sub_tops); + re_free (mctx->bkref_ents); +} + +/* Add a new backreference entry to MCTX. + Note that we assume that caller never call this function with duplicate + entry, and call with STR_IDX which isn't smaller than any existing entry. +*/ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx, Idx from, + Idx to) +{ + if (mctx->nbkref_ents >= mctx->abkref_ents) + { + struct re_backref_cache_entry* new_entry; + new_entry = re_realloc (mctx->bkref_ents, struct re_backref_cache_entry, + mctx->abkref_ents * 2); + if (BE (new_entry == NULL, 0)) + { + re_free (mctx->bkref_ents); + return REG_ESPACE; + } + mctx->bkref_ents = new_entry; + memset (mctx->bkref_ents + mctx->nbkref_ents, '\0', + sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry) * mctx->abkref_ents); + mctx->abkref_ents *= 2; + } + if (mctx->nbkref_ents > 0 + && mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].str_idx == str_idx) + mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].more = 1; + + mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].node = node; + mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].str_idx = str_idx; + mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_from = from; + mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_to = to; + + /* This is a cache that saves negative results of check_dst_limits_calc_pos. + If bit N is clear, means that this entry won't epsilon-transition to + an OP_OPEN_SUBEXP or OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP for the N+1-th subexpression. If + it is set, check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 will recurse and try to find one + such node. + + A backreference does not epsilon-transition unless it is empty, so set + to all zeros if FROM != TO. */ + mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].eps_reachable_subexps_map + = (from == to ? -1 : 0); + + mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents++].more = 0; + if (mctx->max_mb_elem_len < to - from) + mctx->max_mb_elem_len = to - from; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Return the first entry with the same str_idx, or REG_MISSING if none is + found. Note that MCTX->BKREF_ENTS is already sorted by MCTX->STR_IDX. */ + +static Idx +internal_function +search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx) +{ + Idx left, right, mid, last; + last = right = mctx->nbkref_ents; + for (left = 0; left < right;) + { + mid = (left + right) / 2; + if (mctx->bkref_ents[mid].str_idx < str_idx) + left = mid + 1; + else + right = mid; + } + if (left < last && mctx->bkref_ents[left].str_idx == str_idx) + return left; + else + return REG_MISSING; +} + +/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, and which matches + at STR_IDX. */ + +static reg_errcode_t +internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + assert (mctx->sub_tops != NULL); + assert (mctx->asub_tops > 0); +#endif + if (BE (mctx->nsub_tops == mctx->asub_tops, 0)) + { + Idx new_asub_tops = mctx->asub_tops * 2; + re_sub_match_top_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->sub_tops, + re_sub_match_top_t *, + new_asub_tops); + if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + mctx->sub_tops = new_array; + mctx->asub_tops = new_asub_tops; + } + mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t)); + if (BE (mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] == NULL, 0)) + return REG_ESPACE; + mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops]->node = node; + mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops++]->str_idx = str_idx; + return REG_NOERROR; +} + +/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, and which matches + at STR_IDX, whose corresponding OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is SUB_TOP. */ + +static re_sub_match_last_t * +internal_function +match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop, Idx node, Idx str_idx) +{ + re_sub_match_last_t *new_entry; + if (BE (subtop->nlasts == subtop->alasts, 0)) + { + Idx new_alasts = 2 * subtop->alasts + 1; + re_sub_match_last_t **new_array = re_realloc (subtop->lasts, + re_sub_match_last_t *, + new_alasts); + if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0)) + return NULL; + subtop->lasts = new_array; + subtop->alasts = new_alasts; + } + new_entry = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_last_t)); + if (BE (new_entry != NULL, 1)) + { + subtop->lasts[subtop->nlasts] = new_entry; + new_entry->node = node; + new_entry->str_idx = str_idx; + ++subtop->nlasts; + } + return new_entry; +} + +static void +internal_function +sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts, + re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node, Idx last_str_idx) +{ + sctx->sifted_states = sifted_sts; + sctx->limited_states = limited_sts; + sctx->last_node = last_node; + sctx->last_str_idx = last_str_idx; + re_node_set_init_empty (&sctx->limits); +} diff --git a/include/grub/i386/multiboot.h b/include/grub/i386/multiboot.h index 8131e9477..1c711fad4 100644 --- a/include/grub/i386/multiboot.h +++ b/include/grub/i386/multiboot.h @@ -24,4 +24,18 @@ extern char *grub_multiboot_payload_orig; extern grub_addr_t grub_multiboot_payload_dest; extern grub_size_t grub_multiboot_payload_size; +#define MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE { .eax = MULTIBOOT_BOOTLOADER_MAGIC, \ + .ecx = 0, \ + .edx = 0, \ + /* Set esp to some random location in low memory to avoid breaking */ \ + /* non-compliant kernels. */ \ + .esp = 0x7ff00 \ + } +#define MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER eip +#define MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER ebx +#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_I386 + +#define MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE EM_386 +#define MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE EM_X86_64 + #endif /* ! GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER */ diff --git a/include/grub/i386/pc/init.h b/include/grub/i386/pc/init.h index 2be80e773..30130d189 100644 --- a/include/grub/i386/pc/init.h +++ b/include/grub/i386/pc/init.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ grub_uint32_t grub_get_eisa_mmap (void); /* Get a memory map entry. Return next continuation value. Zero means the end. */ -grub_uint32_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_get_mmap_entry) (struct grub_machine_mmap_entry *entry, +grub_uint32_t grub_get_mmap_entry (struct grub_machine_mmap_entry *entry, grub_uint32_t cont); /* Turn on/off Gate A20. */ diff --git a/include/grub/i386/pc/vga.h b/include/grub/i386/pc/vga.h index b9822395b..2724f6401 100644 --- a/include/grub/i386/pc/vga.h +++ b/include/grub/i386/pc/vga.h @@ -28,7 +28,4 @@ /* Set the video mode to MODE and return the previous mode. */ unsigned char EXPORT_FUNC(grub_vga_set_mode) (unsigned char mode); -/* Return a pointer to the ROM font table. */ -unsigned char *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_vga_get_font) (void); - #endif /* ! GRUB_VGA_MACHINE_HEADER */ diff --git a/include/grub/mips/multiboot.h b/include/grub/mips/multiboot.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27229efe --- /dev/null +++ b/include/grub/mips/multiboot.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2002,2003,2004,2007,2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER +#define GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER 1 + +extern grub_uint32_t grub_multiboot_payload_eip; +extern char *grub_multiboot_payload_orig; +extern grub_addr_t grub_multiboot_payload_dest; +extern grub_size_t grub_multiboot_payload_size; + +#define MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE { .gpr[4] = MULTIBOOT_BOOTLOADER_MAGIC, \ + .jumpreg = 1 } +#define MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER gpr[1] +#define MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER gpr[5] +#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS32 + +#define MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE EM_MIPS +#define MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE EM_MIPS + +#endif /* ! GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER */ diff --git a/include/grub/misc.h b/include/grub/misc.h index b1bbe0495..9e187e060 100644 --- a/include/grub/misc.h +++ b/include/grub/misc.h @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ void EXPORT_FUNC(grub_abort) (void) __attribute__ ((noreturn)); grub_uint64_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_divmod64) (grub_uint64_t n, grub_uint32_t d, grub_uint32_t *r); -#ifdef NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK +#if defined(NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK) && !defined(GRUB_UTIL) void EXPORT_FUNC(__enable_execute_stack) (void *addr); #endif diff --git a/include/grub/video.h b/include/grub/video.h index 7aad88c7d..a7f9e3684 100644 --- a/include/grub/video.h +++ b/include/grub/video.h @@ -189,7 +189,8 @@ typedef enum grub_video_driver_id GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_NONE, GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_VBE, GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_EFI_UGA, - GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_EFI_GOP + GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_EFI_GOP, + GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_SM712 } grub_video_driver_id_t; struct grub_video_adapter @@ -281,7 +282,7 @@ grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_get_info) (struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_ sure that framebuffer address doesn't change. To ensure this abstraction grub_video_get_info_and_fini is the only function supplying framebuffer address. */ -grub_err_t grub_video_get_info_and_fini (struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info, +grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_get_info_and_fini) (struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info, void **framebuffer); enum grub_video_blit_format grub_video_get_blit_format (struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info); @@ -289,8 +290,9 @@ enum grub_video_blit_format grub_video_get_blit_format (struct grub_video_mode_i grub_err_t grub_video_set_palette (unsigned int start, unsigned int count, struct grub_video_palette_data *palette_data); -grub_err_t grub_video_get_palette (unsigned int start, unsigned int count, - struct grub_video_palette_data *palette_data); +grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_get_palette) (unsigned int start, + unsigned int count, + struct grub_video_palette_data *palette_data); grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_set_viewport) (unsigned int x, unsigned int y, @@ -365,7 +367,6 @@ grub_video_check_mode_flag (unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, return (flag & mask) ? !! (flags & flag) : def; } -grub_video_driver_id_t -grub_video_get_driver_id (void); +grub_video_driver_id_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_get_driver_id) (void); #endif /* ! GRUB_VIDEO_HEADER */ diff --git a/include/multiboot2.h b/include/multiboot2.h index 647109c0b..275debe75 100644 --- a/include/multiboot2.h +++ b/include/multiboot2.h @@ -61,7 +61,8 @@ #define MULTIBOOT_HEADER_TAG_FRAMEBUFFER 5 #define MULTIBOOT_HEADER_TAG_MODULE_ALIGN 6 -#define GRUB_MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_I386 0 +#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_I386 0 +#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS32 4 #define MULTIBOOT_HEADER_TAG_OPTIONAL 1 #define MULTIBOOT_CONSOLE_FLAGS_CONSOLE_REQUIRED 1 diff --git a/kern/device.c b/kern/device.c index cd019fdaf..4273fedfe 100644 --- a/kern/device.c +++ b/kern/device.c @@ -98,7 +98,10 @@ grub_device_iterate (int (*hook) (const char *name)) dev = grub_device_open (disk_name); if (! dev) - return 0; + { + grub_errno = GRUB_ERR_NONE; + return 0; + } if (dev->disk && dev->disk->has_partitions) { diff --git a/kern/i386/pc/startup.S b/kern/i386/pc/startup.S index 0832b47d9..f3942e199 100644 --- a/kern/i386/pc/startup.S +++ b/kern/i386/pc/startup.S @@ -1445,47 +1445,6 @@ FUNCTION(grub_console_setcursor) popl %ebp ret -/* - * grub_getrtsecs() - * if a seconds value can be read, read it and return it (BCD), - * otherwise return 0xFF - * BIOS call "INT 1AH Function 02H" to check whether a character is pending - * Call with %ah = 0x2 - * Return: - * If RT Clock can give correct values - * %ch = hour (BCD) - * %cl = minutes (BCD) - * %dh = seconds (BCD) - * %dl = daylight savings time (00h std, 01h daylight) - * Carry flag = clear - * else - * Carry flag = set - * (this indicates that the clock is updating, or - * that it isn't running) - */ -FUNCTION(grub_getrtsecs) - pushl %ebp - - call prot_to_real /* enter real mode */ - .code16 - - clc - movb $0x2, %ah - int $0x1a - - DATA32 jnc gottime - movb $0xff, %dh - -gottime: - DATA32 call real_to_prot - .code32 - - movb %dh, %al - - popl %ebp - ret - - /* * grub_get_rtc() * return the real time in ticks, of which there are about @@ -1540,33 +1499,6 @@ FUNCTION(grub_vga_set_mode) popl %ebp ret - -/* - * unsigned char *grub_vga_get_font (void) - */ -FUNCTION(grub_vga_get_font) - pushl %ebp - pushl %ebx - - call prot_to_real - .code16 - movw $0x1130, %ax - movb $0x06, %bh - int $0x10 - movw %es, %bx - movw %bp, %dx - DATA32 call real_to_prot - .code32 - - movzwl %bx, %ecx - shll $4, %ecx - movw %dx, %ax - addl %ecx, %eax - - popl %ebx - popl %ebp - ret - /* * grub_vbe_bios_status_t grub_vbe_get_controller_info (struct grub_vbe_info_block *controller_info) * diff --git a/kern/ieee1275/openfw.c b/kern/ieee1275/openfw.c index ae1eb5522..cf9e1a870 100644 --- a/kern/ieee1275/openfw.c +++ b/kern/ieee1275/openfw.c @@ -73,10 +73,16 @@ grub_children_iterate (char *devpath, IEEE1275_MAX_PROP_LEN, &actual)) childtype[0] = 0; + if (dev == child) + continue; + if (grub_ieee1275_package_to_path (child, childpath, IEEE1275_MAX_PATH_LEN, &actual)) continue; + if (grub_strcmp (devpath, childpath) == 0) + continue; + if (grub_ieee1275_get_property (child, "name", childname, IEEE1275_MAX_PROP_LEN, &actual)) continue; diff --git a/kern/misc.c b/kern/misc.c index 156b0650c..3fd76a1c1 100644 --- a/kern/misc.c +++ b/kern/misc.c @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ grub_abort (void) void abort (void) __attribute__ ((alias ("grub_abort"))); #endif -#ifdef NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK +#if defined(NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK) && !defined(GRUB_UTIL) /* Some gcc versions generate a call to this function in trampolines for nested functions. */ void __enable_execute_stack (void *addr __attribute__ ((unused))) diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/assert.h b/lib/posix_wrap/assert.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94cfdd543 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/assert.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_ASSERT_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_ASSERT_H 1 + +#include + +#define assert(x) assert_real(__FILE__, __LINE__, x) + +static inline void +assert_real (const char *file, int line, int cond) +{ + if (!cond) + grub_fatal ("Assertion failed at %s:%d\n", file, line); +} + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/ctype.h b/lib/posix_wrap/ctype.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dc3e53e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/ctype.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_CTYPE_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_CTYPE_H 1 + +#include + +static inline int +toupper (int c) +{ + return grub_toupper (c); +} + +static inline int +isspace (int c) +{ + return grub_isspace (c); +} + +static inline int +isdigit (int c) +{ + return grub_isdigit (c); +} + +static inline int +islower (int c) +{ + return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'); +} + +static inline int +isupper (int c) +{ + return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z'); +} + +static inline int +isxdigit (int c) +{ + return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') + || (c >= '0' && c <= '9'); +} + +static inline int +isprint (int c) +{ + return grub_isprint (c); +} + +static inline int +iscntrl (int c) +{ + return !grub_isprint (c); +} + +static inline int +isgraph (int c) +{ + return grub_isprint (c) && !grub_isspace (c); +} + +static inline int +isalnum (int c) +{ + return grub_isalpha (c) || grub_isdigit (c); +} + +static inline int +ispunct (int c) +{ + return grub_isprint (c) && !grub_isspace (c) && !isalnum (c); +} + +static inline int +isalpha (int c) +{ + return grub_isalpha (c); +} + +static inline int +tolower (int c) +{ + return grub_tolower (c); +} + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/errno.h b/lib/posix_wrap/errno.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9031722e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/errno.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_ERRNO_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_ERRNO_H 1 + +#include + +#define errno grub_errno +#define EINVAL GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER +#define ENOMEM GRUB_ERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/langinfo.h b/lib/posix_wrap/langinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14833c0b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/langinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_LANGINFO_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_LANGINFO_H 1 + +#include + +typedef enum { CODESET } nl_item; + +static inline char * +nl_langinfo (nl_item item) +{ + switch (item) + { + case CODESET: + return locale_charset (); + default: + return ""; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/limits.h b/lib/posix_wrap/limits.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/localcharset.h b/lib/posix_wrap/localcharset.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92eb815ec --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/localcharset.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_LOCALCHARSET_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_LOCALCHARSET_H 1 + +static inline char * +locale_charset (void) +{ + return "UTF-8"; +} + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/stdint.h b/lib/posix_wrap/stdint.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a12c43b15 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/stdint.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/stdio.h b/lib/posix_wrap/stdio.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..701fceaa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/stdio.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_STDIO_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_STDIO_H 1 + +#include +#include + +typedef struct grub_file FILE; + +#define EOF -1 + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/stdlib.h b/lib/posix_wrap/stdlib.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef6159ef --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/stdlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_STDLIB_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_STDLIB_H 1 + +#include + +static inline void +free (void *ptr) +{ + grub_free (ptr); +} + +static inline void * +malloc (grub_size_t size) +{ + return grub_malloc (size); +} + +static inline void * +calloc (grub_size_t size, grub_size_t nelem) +{ + return grub_zalloc (size * nelem); +} + +static inline void * +realloc (void *ptr, grub_size_t size) +{ + return grub_realloc (ptr, size); +} + +static inline void +abort (void) +{ + grub_abort (); +} + +#define MB_CUR_MAX 6 + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/string.h b/lib/posix_wrap/string.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bb6f1e6f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/string.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_STRING_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_STRING_H 1 + +static inline grub_size_t +strlen (const char *s) +{ + return grub_strlen (s); +} + +static inline int +strcmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) +{ + return grub_strcmp (s1, s2); +} + +static inline int +strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) +{ + return grub_strcasecmp (s1, s2); +} + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/sys/types.h b/lib/posix_wrap/sys/types.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce3794087 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/sys/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_SYS_TYPES_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_SYS_TYPES_H 1 + +#include + +typedef grub_size_t size_t; +typedef int bool; +static const bool true = 1; +static const bool false = 0; + +#define ULONG_MAX GRUB_ULONG_MAX +#define UCHAR_MAX 0xff + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/unistd.h b/lib/posix_wrap/unistd.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/wchar.h b/lib/posix_wrap/wchar.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd56fd332 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/posix_wrap/wchar.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* + * GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GRUB. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef GRUB_POSIX_WCHAR_H +#define GRUB_POSIX_WCHAR_H 1 + +/* UCS-4. */ +typedef grub_uint32_t wchar_t; + +#endif diff --git a/lib/posix_wrap/wctype.h b/lib/posix_wrap/wctype.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69de29bb diff --git a/loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c b/loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c index 2a7c70f96..3d974f04e 100644 --- a/loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c +++ b/loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c @@ -170,6 +170,11 @@ grub_multiboot_load (grub_file_t file) header->width, header->height, header->depth, 0); break; + default: + err = grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_OS, + "unsupported graphical mode type %d", + header->mode_type); + break; } } else diff --git a/loader/i386/multiboot.c b/loader/multiboot.c similarity index 95% rename from loader/i386/multiboot.c rename to loader/multiboot.c index 99d1cf906..1a22cd3a6 100644 --- a/loader/i386/multiboot.c +++ b/loader/multiboot.c @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ #include #include #include -#include +#include #include #include #include @@ -121,16 +121,9 @@ grub_multiboot_boot (void) { grub_size_t mbi_size; grub_err_t err; - struct grub_relocator32_state state = - { - .eax = MULTIBOOT_BOOTLOADER_MAGIC, - .ecx = 0, - .edx = 0, - .eip = grub_multiboot_payload_eip, - /* Set esp to some random location in low memory to avoid breaking - non-compliant kernels. */ - .esp = 0x7ff00 - }; + struct grub_relocator32_state state = MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE; + + state.MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER = grub_multiboot_payload_eip; mbi_size = grub_multiboot_get_mbi_size (); if (grub_multiboot_alloc_mbi < mbi_size) @@ -143,7 +136,8 @@ grub_multiboot_boot (void) grub_multiboot_alloc_mbi = mbi_size; } - state.ebx = grub_multiboot_payload_dest + grub_multiboot_pure_size; + state.MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER = grub_multiboot_payload_dest + + grub_multiboot_pure_size; err = grub_multiboot_make_mbi (grub_multiboot_payload_orig, grub_multiboot_payload_dest, grub_multiboot_pure_size, mbi_size); diff --git a/loader/i386/multiboot_elfxx.c b/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c similarity index 98% rename from loader/i386/multiboot_elfxx.c rename to loader/multiboot_elfxx.c index 05fb2c1c1..92a52d3a8 100644 --- a/loader/i386/multiboot_elfxx.c +++ b/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ #if defined(MULTIBOOT_LOAD_ELF32) # define XX 32 -# define E_MACHINE EM_386 +# define E_MACHINE MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE # define ELFCLASSXX ELFCLASS32 # define Elf_Ehdr Elf32_Ehdr # define Elf_Phdr Elf32_Phdr #elif defined(MULTIBOOT_LOAD_ELF64) # define XX 64 -# define E_MACHINE EM_X86_64 +# define E_MACHINE MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE # define ELFCLASSXX ELFCLASS64 # define Elf_Ehdr Elf64_Ehdr # define Elf_Phdr Elf64_Phdr diff --git a/loader/i386/multiboot_mbi2.c b/loader/multiboot_mbi2.c similarity index 99% rename from loader/i386/multiboot_mbi2.c rename to loader/multiboot_mbi2.c index 1910d656e..8b67f9383 100644 --- a/loader/i386/multiboot_mbi2.c +++ b/loader/multiboot_mbi2.c @@ -90,7 +90,8 @@ grub_multiboot_load (grub_file_t file) { if (header->magic == MULTIBOOT_HEADER_MAGIC && !(header->magic + header->architecture - + header->header_length + header->checksum)) + + header->header_length + header->checksum) + && header->architecture == MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT) break; } diff --git a/script/yylex.l b/script/yylex.l index db276ef61..4d7c66448 100644 --- a/script/yylex.l +++ b/script/yylex.l @@ -68,31 +68,23 @@ static void copy_string (struct grub_parser_param *, const char *, %top{ +#include + +typedef size_t yy_size_t; +#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T 1 + /* * Some flex hacks for -nostdinc; XXX We need to fix these when libc * support becomes availble in GRUB. */ -#include - -typedef grub_size_t size_t; -typedef grub_size_t yy_size_t; -#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T 1 - -#define FILE void +#ifndef GRUB_UTIL #define stdin 0 #define stdout 0 -#define EOF 0 - -#define errno grub_errno -#define EINVAL GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER -#define ENOMEM GRUB_ERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY - -#define strlen grub_strlen -#define memset grub_memset #define fprintf(...) 0 #define exit(...) +#endif #pragma GCC diagnostic warning "-Wunused-variable" #pragma GCC diagnostic warning "-Wunused-function" diff --git a/tests/util/grub-shell.in b/tests/util/grub-shell.in index 2b9131547..a41a6f6f4 100644 --- a/tests/util/grub-shell.in +++ b/tests/util/grub-shell.in @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ fdafile=`mktemp` cp ${isofile} ${fdafile} outfile=`mktemp` -qemu-system-i386 ${qemuopts} -nographic -serial stdio -hda ${hdafile} -fda ${fdafile} -cdrom ${isofile} -boot ${bootdev} | tr -d "\r" >${outfile} +qemu-system-i386 ${qemuopts} -nographic -hda ${hdafile} -fda ${fdafile} -cdrom ${isofile} -boot ${bootdev} | tr -d "\r" >${outfile} cat $outfile diff --git a/util/grub-install.in b/util/grub-install.in index a1671b200..142d5792f 100644 --- a/util/grub-install.in +++ b/util/grub-install.in @@ -219,8 +219,7 @@ else fi # Create the GRUB directory if it is not present. -test -d "$bootdir" || mkdir "$bootdir" || exit 1 -test -d "$grubdir" || mkdir "$grubdir" || exit 1 +mkdir -p "$grubdir" || exit 1 # If --recheck is specified, remove the device map, if present. if test $recheck = yes; then @@ -271,7 +270,7 @@ for dir in ${localedir}/*; do done # Write device to a variable so we don't have to traverse /dev every time. -grub_device=`$grub_probe --target=device ${grubdir}` +grub_device=`$grub_probe --target=device ${grubdir}` || exit 1 if ! test -f ${grubdir}/grubenv; then $grub_editenv ${grubdir}/grubenv create @@ -313,11 +312,11 @@ if [ "x${devabstraction_module}" = "x" ] ; then if echo "${install_device}" | grep -qx "(.*)" ; then install_drive="${install_device}" else - install_drive="`$grub_probe --target=drive --device ${install_device}`" + install_drive="`$grub_probe --target=drive --device ${install_device}`" || exit 1 fi install_drive="`echo ${install_drive} | sed -e s/,[0-9]*[a-z]*//g`" fi - grub_drive="`$grub_probe --target=drive --device ${grub_device}`" + grub_drive="`$grub_probe --target=drive --device ${grub_device}`" || exit 1 # Strip partition number grub_drive="`echo ${grub_drive} | sed -e s/,[0-9]*[a-z]*//g`" @@ -344,7 +343,7 @@ if [ "x${devabstraction_module}" = "x" ] ; then modules="$modules search_fs_uuid" fi else - prefix_drive=`$grub_probe --target=drive --device ${grub_device}` + prefix_drive=`$grub_probe --target=drive --device ${grub_device}` || exit 1 fi if [ "${target_cpu}-${platform}" = "i386-pc" ] || [ "${target_cpu}-${platform}" = "sparc64-ieee1275" ] ; then diff --git a/util/grub-mkconfig.in b/util/grub-mkconfig.in index daa110be7..b98bbc993 100644 --- a/util/grub-mkconfig.in +++ b/util/grub-mkconfig.in @@ -140,60 +140,73 @@ if [ "x${GRUB_TERMINAL}" != "x" ] ; then GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT="${GRUB_TERMINAL}" fi -case x${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT} in - x | xgfxterm) - # If this platform supports gfxterm, try to use it. - if test -e ${grub_prefix}/gfxterm.mod ; then - # FIXME: this should do something smarter than just loading first - # video backend. - GRUB_VIDEO_BACKEND=$(head -n 1 ${grub_prefix}/video.lst || true) - if [ -n "${GRUB_VIDEO_BACKEND}" ] ; then - GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT=gfxterm - elif [ "${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT}" = "gfxterm" ] ; then - echo "No suitable backend could be found for gfxterm." >&2 ; exit 1 - fi - fi - ;; - xconsole | xserial | xofconsole) ;; - *) echo "Invalid output terminal \"${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT}\"" >&2 ; exit 1 ;; -esac +termoutdefault=0 +if [ "x${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT}" == x ]; then + GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT=gfxterm; + termoutdefault=1; +fi -# check for terminals that require fonts -case ${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT} in - gfxterm) - if [ -n "$GRUB_FONT" ] ; then - if is_path_readable_by_grub ${GRUB_FONT} > /dev/null ; then - GRUB_FONT_PATH=${GRUB_FONT} - else - echo "No such font or not readable by grub: ${GRUB_FONT}" >&2 - exit 1 +for x in ${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT}; do + if [ x${x} == xgfxterm ]; then + # If this platform supports gfxterm, try to use it. + if ! test -e ${grub_prefix}/gfxterm.mod ; then + if [ "x$termoutdefault" != "x1" ]; then + echo "gfxterm isn't available on your platform" >&2 ; exit 1 + fi + GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT= + break; + fi + # FIXME: this should do something smarter than just loading first + # video backend. + GRUB_VIDEO_BACKEND=$(head -n 1 ${grub_prefix}/video.lst || true) + if [ -z "${GRUB_VIDEO_BACKEND}" ] ; then + if [ "x$termoutdefault" != "x1" ]; then + echo "No suitable backend could be found for gfxterm." >&2 ; exit 1 + fi + GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT= + fi + if [ -n "$GRUB_FONT" ] ; then + if is_path_readable_by_grub ${GRUB_FONT} > /dev/null ; then + GRUB_FONT_PATH=${GRUB_FONT} + else + echo "No such font or not readable by grub: ${GRUB_FONT}" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + else + for dir in ${pkgdatadir} /boot/grub /usr/share/grub ; do + for basename in unicode unifont ascii; do + path="${dir}/${basename}.pf2" + if is_path_readable_by_grub ${path} > /dev/null ; then + GRUB_FONT_PATH=${path} + else + continue + fi + if [ "${basename}" = "ascii" ] ; then + # make sure all our children behave in conformance with ascii.. + export LANG=C + fi + break 2 + done + done + fi + if [ -z "${GRUB_FONT_PATH}" ] ; then + if [ "x$termoutdefault" != "x1" ]; then + echo "No font for gfxterm found." >&2 ; exit 1 + fi + GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT= fi - else - for dir in ${pkgdatadir} /boot/grub /usr/share/grub ; do - for basename in unicode unifont ascii; do - path="${dir}/${basename}.pf2" - if is_path_readable_by_grub ${path} > /dev/null ; then - GRUB_FONT_PATH=${path} - else - continue - fi - if [ "${basename}" = "ascii" ] ; then - # make sure all our children behave in conformance with ascii.. - export LANG=C - fi - break 2 - done - done fi - if [ -z "${GRUB_FONT_PATH}" ] ; then - # fallback to the native terminal for this platform - unset GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT - fi - ;; - *) - # make sure all our children behave in conformance with ascii.. - export LANG=C -esac +done + +for x in ${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT}; do + case "x${x}" in + xgfxterm) ;; + xconsole | xserial | xofconsole) + # make sure all our children behave in conformance with ascii.. + export LANG=C;; + *) echo "Invalid output terminal \"${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT}\"" >&2 ; exit 1 ;; + esac +done # These are defined in this script, export them here so that user can # override them. @@ -220,6 +233,7 @@ export GRUB_DEFAULT \ GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID \ GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_RECOVERY \ GRUB_GFXMODE \ + GRUB_BACKGROUND \ GRUB_THEME \ GRUB_GFXPAYLOAD_LINUX \ GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER \ diff --git a/util/grub.d/00_header.in b/util/grub.d/00_header.in index c86f7b867..d181fdffc 100644 --- a/util/grub.d/00_header.in +++ b/util/grub.d/00_header.in @@ -59,19 +59,92 @@ function savedefault { } EOF -case ${GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT}:${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT} in - serial:* | *:serial) +serial=0; +gfxterm=0; +for x in ${GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT} ${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT}; do + if [ xserial = "x$x" ]; then + serial=1; + fi + if [ xgfxterm = "x$x" ]; then + gfxterm=1; + fi +done + +if [ "x$serial" = x1 ]; then if ! test -e ${grub_prefix}/serial.mod ; then - echo "Serial terminal not available on this platform." >&2 ; exit 1 + echo "Serial terminal not available on this platform." >&2 ; exit 1 fi if [ "x${GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND}" = "x" ] ; then - grub_warn "Requested serial terminal but GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND is unspecified. Default parameters will be used." - GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND=serial + grub_warn "Requested serial terminal but GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND is unspecified. Default parameters will be used." + GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND=serial fi echo "${GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND}" - ;; -esac +fi + +if [ "x$gfxterm" = x1 ]; then + # Make the font accessible + prepare_grub_to_access_device `${grub_probe} --target=device "${GRUB_FONT_PATH}"` + + cat << EOF +if loadfont `make_system_path_relative_to_its_root "${GRUB_FONT_PATH}"` ; then + set gfxmode=${GRUB_GFXMODE} + insmod gfxterm + insmod ${GRUB_VIDEO_BACKEND} +EOF + if [ "x$GRUB_THEME" != x ] && [ -f "$GRUB_THEME" ] \ + && is_path_readable_by_grub "$GRUB_THEME"; then + echo "Found theme: $GRUB_THEME" >&2 + prepare_grub_to_access_device `${grub_probe} --target=device "$GRUB_THEME"` | sed -e "s/^/ /" + cat << EOF + insmod gfxmenu +EOF + themedir="`dirname "$GRUB_THEME"`" + for x in "$themedir"/*.pf2 "$themedir"/f/*.pf2; do + if [ -f "$x" ]; then + cat << EOF + loadfont (\$root)`make_system_path_relative_to_its_root $x` +EOF + fi + done + if [ x"`echo "$themedir"/*.jpg`" != x"$themedir/*.jpg" ] || [ x"`echo "$themedir"/*.jpeg`" != x"$themedir/*.jpeg" ]; then + cat << EOF + insmod jpeg +EOF + fi + if [ x"`echo "$themedir"/*.png`" != x"$themedir/*.png" ]; then + cat << EOF + insmod png +EOF + fi + if [ x"`echo "$themedir"/*.tga`" != x"$themedir/*.tga" ]; then + cat << EOF + insmod tga +EOF + fi + + cat << EOF + set theme=(\$root)`make_system_path_relative_to_its_root $GRUB_THEME` +EOF + elif [ "x$GRUB_BACKGROUND" != x ] && [ -f "$GRUB_BACKGROUND" ] \ + && is_path_readable_by_grub "$GRUB_BACKGROUND"; then + echo "Found background: $GRUB_BACKGROUND" >&2 + case "$GRUB_BACKGROUND" in + *.png) reader=png ;; + *.tga) reader=tga ;; + *.jpg|*.jpeg) reader=jpeg ;; + *) echo "Unsupported image format" >&2; exit 1 ;; + esac + prepare_grub_to_access_device `${grub_probe} --target=device "$GRUB_BACKGROUND"` | sed -e "s/^/ /" + cat << EOF + insmod $reader + background_image -m stretch `make_system_path_relative_to_its_root "$GRUB_BACKGROUND"` +EOF + fi + cat << EOF +fi +EOF +fi case x${GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT} in x) @@ -89,35 +162,6 @@ EOF esac case x${GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT} in - xgfxterm) - # Make the font accessible - prepare_grub_to_access_device `${grub_probe} --target=device ${GRUB_FONT_PATH}` - - cat << EOF -if loadfont `make_system_path_relative_to_its_root ${GRUB_FONT_PATH}` ; then - set gfxmode=${GRUB_GFXMODE} - insmod gfxterm - insmod ${GRUB_VIDEO_BACKEND} - if terminal_output gfxterm ; then true ; else - # For backward compatibility with versions of terminal.mod that don't - # understand terminal_output - terminal gfxterm - fi -EOF -if [ x$GRUB_THEME != x ] && [ -f $GRUB_THEME ] \ - && is_path_readable_by_grub $GRUB_THEME; then - echo "Found theme: $GRUB_THEME" >&2 - prepare_grub_to_access_device `${grub_probe} --target=device $GRUB_THEME` | sed -e "s/^/ /" - cat << EOF - insmod gfxmenu - set theme=(\$root)`make_system_path_relative_to_its_root $GRUB_THEME` - set menuviewer=gfxmenu -EOF -fi - cat << EOF -fi -EOF - ;; x) # Just use the native terminal ;; diff --git a/util/grub.d/10_hurd.in b/util/grub.d/10_hurd.in index fbb4eb752..5dbb11f22 100644 --- a/util/grub.d/10_hurd.in +++ b/util/grub.d/10_hurd.in @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ if [ "x${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR}" = "x" ] ; then OS=GNU else OS="${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} GNU/Hurd" - CLASS="--class $(echo ${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]') ${CLASS}" + CLASS="--class $(echo ${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]' | cut -d' ' -f1) ${CLASS}" fi at_least_one=false diff --git a/util/grub.d/10_kfreebsd.in b/util/grub.d/10_kfreebsd.in index dc87d6162..43651c82b 100644 --- a/util/grub.d/10_kfreebsd.in +++ b/util/grub.d/10_kfreebsd.in @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ CLASS="--class os" case "${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR}" in Debian) OS="${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} GNU/kFreeBSD" - CLASS="--class $(echo ${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]') --class gnu-kfreebsd --class gnu ${CLASS}" + CLASS="--class $(echo ${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]' | cut -d' ' -f1) --class gnu-kfreebsd --class gnu ${CLASS}" ;; *) OS="FreeBSD" diff --git a/util/grub.d/10_linux.in b/util/grub.d/10_linux.in index 2c60bc681..8dc0df5d9 100644 --- a/util/grub.d/10_linux.in +++ b/util/grub.d/10_linux.in @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ if [ "x${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR}" = "x" ] ; then OS=GNU/Linux else OS="${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} GNU/Linux" - CLASS="--class $(echo ${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]') ${CLASS}" + CLASS="--class $(echo ${GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR} | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]' | cut -d' ' -f1) ${CLASS}" fi # loop-AES arranges things so that /dev/loop/X can be our root device, but diff --git a/util/i386/efi/grub-dumpdevtree b/util/i386/efi/grub-dumpdevtree index 25aa35e23..51004cc85 100644 --- a/util/i386/efi/grub-dumpdevtree +++ b/util/i386/efi/grub-dumpdevtree @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with GRUB. If not, see . -if [ x$1 == x ]; then +if [ "x$1" = "x" ]; then echo "Filename required". fi diff --git a/util/i386/efi/grub-install.in b/util/i386/efi/grub-install.in index 2e9b0ca39..cc4d950d2 100644 --- a/util/i386/efi/grub-install.in +++ b/util/i386/efi/grub-install.in @@ -145,8 +145,7 @@ else fi # Create the GRUB directory if it is not present. -test -d "$bootdir" || mkdir "$bootdir" || exit 1 -test -d "$grubdir" || mkdir "$grubdir" || exit 1 +mkdir -p "$grubdir" || exit 1 # If --recheck is specified, remove the device map, if present. if test $recheck = yes; then diff --git a/util/ieee1275/grub-install.in b/util/ieee1275/grub-install.in index be4053542..363f312db 100644 --- a/util/ieee1275/grub-install.in +++ b/util/ieee1275/grub-install.in @@ -141,8 +141,7 @@ fi # XXX warn on firmware-unreadable filesystems? # Create the GRUB directory if it is not present. -test -d "$bootdir" || mkdir "$bootdir" || exit 1 -test -d "$grubdir" || mkdir "$grubdir" || exit 1 +mkdir -p "$grubdir" || exit 1 # Create the device map file if it is not present. if test -f "$device_map"; then diff --git a/video/sm712.c b/video/sm712.c index a86470b7d..33861beef 100644 --- a/video/sm712.c +++ b/video/sm712.c @@ -191,6 +191,7 @@ grub_video_sm712_get_info_and_fini (struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info, static struct grub_video_adapter grub_video_sm712_adapter = { .name = "SM712 Video Driver", + .id = GRUB_VIDEO_DRIVER_SM712, .init = grub_video_sm712_video_init, .fini = grub_video_sm712_video_fini,